Modellering organ i Dallas
2020 RHDiscussion Housewives Rate: Results #21-#11
2020.11.22 23:44 rajavirgo 2020 RHDiscussion Housewives Rate: Results #21-#11
#21-#19 - 60 points Jill Zarin
rajavirgo - 3 points, readingrachelx - 10 points, MagnificentMistral - 5 points, percybitchshelley - 10 points, un_velo - 27 points, DanaPam - 5 points
MagnificentMistral says: "Points for her awfulness driving some of the most gripping television in RHONY S3, which is one of the best seasons of Housewives. Then she decides she’s going to get redemption… just to throw it all down the drain within the first episode of S4 as the sight of Alex McCord sends her into incandescent frothing-at-the-mouth rage. Throughout S4 the person who most gets in the way of Jill’s attempts at redemption… is Jill. (although Jill seems to think it’s all Alex’s fault) An absolute cackle." Sonja Morgan
rajavirgo - 6 points, BasilGavin - 10 points, MagnificentMistral - 10 points, percybitchshelley - 10 points, heartdeco - 11 points, insuredbycoto - 5 points, un_velo - 3 points, DanaPam - 5 points
BasilGavin says: "The sad clown of the housewives. I don't love her the way that many people do because I always find her more sad than funny, but she is quintessentially what a housewife is supposed to be and has provided so many unbelievable moments on the show, and yes I mean her dog funeral."
heartdeco says: "as i’ve said before, the ending of rhony will be sonja waking up in bed in a sweat, and then john adams morgan rolls over and is like ‘sweetheart, what’s wrong?’ and sonja is like ‘i was poor, and i was losing my teeth, and i was shitting my pants all the time’ and john says, ‘darling, you were having a nightmare! now gather millou and i’ll call a car; we’re late to meet puffy and john john on the yacht.’"
insuredbycoto says: "Somehow when I was going down the list of RHONY to pick my yankees I skimmed over Sonja at first glance! This was unacceptable. Sonja is not a headline RHONY wife considering her long tenure but she’s a wife who is always delivering comedic relief and I could never get sick of watching. Seeing her constantly make terrible life decisions and endlessly chain herself to that townhouse is one of the greatest literary epics of my lifetime."
MagnificentMistral says: "There’s something of the Havisham about Sonja, whose entire self was locked in time at the moment her divorce was finalised. Just like Havisham has Satis House, Sonja has The Townhouse, which might be one of the most psychologically significant Housewife abodes, a symbol of the marriage which she holds onto so tightly. On the other end of the spectrum, we have more crackpot schemes than Pinky and the Brain. I have my issues with her, and she’s a bit of a broken record, but the song has sounded good for so long that I don’t mind." Carole Radziwill
rajavirgo - 20 points, MagnificentMistral - 20 points, Amorzinho95 - 10 points, DanaPam - 10 points
Carole my sweet beloved princess. Carole came onto the show as the much needed Greek chorus, after the chaos of Season 4. She was effortlessly cool, witty, shady and most importantly, in on the joke. For her first few seasons, she mostly observed the drama from afar, providing relief in hilarious confessionals (no confessional will ever
top "I was awoken in the middle of the night by two male voices. One was LuAnn's"). Season 8 was a low point, with below the belt bullying of Jules and possibly a loss of interest in the show (I put it down to Bethenny siphoning her energy away), but she brought it back with Seasons 9 and 10. After years of staying above the drama, she proved to the viewers that she was more than able to take the women on head to head, and in my opinion she slaughtered Bethenny
, so much so that Bethenny had to spend the entirety of Season 11 in image rehab. Sadly we lost her after this, and the show hasn't been the same since. There's no-one there to carry the storylines forward, and no-one to ground the other women and keep them on message within their arguments. I'm praying to the Gods that Heather's return brings the slightest chance of even just a cameo, as it'll bring me some joy in these miserable times.
MagnificentMistral says: "As an aspiring homosexual of letters, Carole Radziwill is completely up my alley. She has this very particular and thoughtful way of describing her fellow housewives and general goings-on which really appeals to me, and a Carole confessional is always a treat. It was deeply disappointing when she fell under the sexual thrall of Skinnygirl Satan, but she came out of her fugue in the end with the help of the power of marathons. Plus, I enjoyed her fashions! Even when they were more bargain bin than bestseller, at least they were pretty memorable." #18 Kim Richards - 64 points
rajavirgo - 15 points, solovelysosoft - 5 points, readingrachelx - 5 points, BasilGavin - 12 points, MagnificentMistral - 10 points, heartdeco - 12 points, DanaPam - 5 points
solovelysosoft says: "They told you this is melodrama! Obviously I would love a character who is followed everywhere by a cloud of sorrow, sadness and unspeakable trauma, but it’s made all the better that she’s a vicious maniac when someone bothers her. That dinner in Amsterdam, she really took the entire cast on and took them out one by one. Assassin shit. Cold-blooded killer."
BasilGavin says: "I already said ""who has given us more of her dignity than Luann"" but honestly, Kim has."
MagnificentMistral says: "Poor Kim is such a strange, sad character, but she’s a perfect fit for the cinematic world of Beverly Hills. She and Kyle were truly ripped from the reels of some budget modern Whatever Happened to Baby Jane? adaptation, and their dynamic provides a compelling story arc for the first five seasons of RHOBH. However, don’t let the tragedy fool you! She’s also deeply fun. Kim is responsible for some of my favourite Beverly Hills moments. Amsterdam is the one we all know and love, but I also enjoy her calling Ken a big stupid old man. She just… throws herself into arguments that don’t involve her like the definition of a loose cannon. A joy."
heartdeco says: "kim richards is what lana del rey pretends to be: hollywood sadcore. i know more from blind items about kim richards than i do from ten seasons of watching lisa vanderpump." Me seeing Kim out this early. #17-#16 - 70 points LeeAnne Locken
readingrachelx - 10 points, percybitchshelley - 40 points, insuredbycoto - 5 points, un_velo - 5 points, DanaPam - 10 points
insuredbycoto says: "I know uh, recent events...may have tarnished her legacy but LeeAnne is just such a unique character I couldn’t ever stop loving her. A former carnie who has suffered immense trauma showing up to project said trauma all over the insipid women of the Dallas charity scene is a very literary take on real housewives. As much as she was scripted in her talking heads and attempts to stir up drama, much like Kenya I just find that to be who LeeAnne is. She acts out and constantly seeks attention because of her trauma and it mostly entertained me." Kameron Westcott
rajavirgo - 5 points, solovelysosoft - 20 points, percybitchshelley - 10 points, heartdeco - 10 points, insuredbycoto - 5 points, un_velo - 10 points, DanaPam - 10 points
solovelysosoft says: "Kameron is arguably the least consequential housewife who I awarded 20 points (the highest score I used), but she’s really a boon to Dallas, a series that has had some serious peaks and valleys in just four seasons. She could never carry a main storyline, but she brings such a weirdness to everything that it really buoys the entire franchise for me. She’s such a delight to watch! From the consistency in the colors of her wardrobe to her numb SoCal tongue to her obsession with being on the wrong side of almost every argument, she’s the most consistently good part of an inconsistent housewives city."
heartdeco says: "i’ve never been able to figure out how in on her own joke kameron is, and i think i like it that way. like you’d think ‘pink dog food for girl dogs’ couldn’t be possibly be on the level, but here it is, in the marketplace, so."
insuredbycoto says: "The ultimate parody housewife who is also an actual housewife? Kameron is the only thing that’s going to get me to watch a Dallas sans LeeAnne. She may not have the same combative star power of LeeLee but she’s an excellent troll (baby bashing, surface friend) and all of her Sparkle Dog solo footage is top-tier housewives camp." #15-#14 - 72 points Janet Roach
rajavirgo - 10 points, solovelysosoft - 10 points, readingrachelx - 10 points, BasilGavin - 12 points, MagnificentMistral - 20 points, Amorzinho95 - 10 points
solovelysosoft says: "I feel like Janet perfectly captures what this show’s reputation is: a glamorous, primped, leather-voiced but serpent-tongued divorcee who loves expensive things and white wine. She’s so much better than that, though! What a delicious, ruthless gossip Janet is. She’d be such a liability if you were to put her on live television, something I hope to see so badly. I sort of see her as a mix between Vicki and Tamra, which is clearly a recipe proven to work."
MagnificentMistral says: "Janet is a gift. She might be the Platonic ideal of a Housewife. She delivers pretty fantastically across all the metrics, and consistently turns out good performances." Lydia Schiavello
rajavirgo - 12 points, readingrachelx - 5 points, BasilGavin - 10 points, MagnificentMistral - 5 points, insuredbycoto - 30 points, Amorzinho95 - 10 points
What I love most about this placing is how furious
both Janet and Lydia would be about sharing a spot.
MagnificentMistral says: "Lydia deserves points for how she makes me laugh. ‘Shut up you stupid sl……. Woman!’ and ‘Go suck on your own…. head’ are comic masterpieces. She’s deeply irritating to everyone else, and her friendship with Pettifleur was a comic disaster… but that’s what makes her fun! She’s a prize idiot and a real treasure. Points also for Figaro, the most iconic Housewives dog. Giggy who?"
insuredbycoto says: "What if someone dumber than Alexis Bellino was actually the villain? I present to you: Lydia. She visibly struggles to form sentences or string any kind of coherent thought together on screen and yet manages to start all kinds of shit. She loves to potstir and gossip. She’s a disgusting bigot. She’s woefully awful at housewives strategy. Never leave this show!!!" #13 Phaedra Parks - 76 points
rajavirgo - 10 points, solovelysosoft - 5 points, readingrachelx - 10 points, BasilGavin - 15 points, MagnificentMistral - 5 points, percybitchshelley - 10 points, heartdeco - 12 points, un_velo - 4 points, DanaPam - 5 points
solovelysosoft says: "There really aren’t very many outright villains on this show, so it’s important to cherish the ones we have. I feel like Phaedra really took the good work that Robin Manning did as an inaugural villain of ANTM – the pious arrogance, withering judgment and appalling hypocrisy – and decided to scale it way up. This isn’t a modeling competition anymore, it’s life, and we’ve got children and husbands and celebrity trials and stuff. Very spooky stuff, very riveting television."
MagnificentMistral says: "From seasons 3 to 6 of Atlanta, Phaedra is hilarious and wacky, the rare Housewife whose solo material is wildly compelling. Then come Season 7, Phaedra’s life begins to spiral out of control, in quite a stark way, although her determination not to show it means that you’d be forgiven for thinking that she’s not too bothered by the whole ‘husband in jail’ thing. And it just gets darker and more twisted from there, culminating in easily the most fucked up things a Housewife has ever done to another. But with a name like ‘Phaedra’, could it ever be any other way? (I am embarrassed to admit how long it took me to notice the mythological implications of Phaedra and Apollo)"
heartdeco says: "genuinely one of the most confounding and fascinating souls ever to take the housewives stage. great solo footage (cf. the time-travel pregnancy, the mortician phase, the donkey booty workout dvd). a true well of genuine psychopathy that exploded in her face in the most operatic way possible. never fix it, jesus." #12 Shannon Storms Beador - 81 points
solovelysosoft - 10 points, readingrachelx - 15 points, heartdeco - 10 points, insuredbycoto - 5 points, un_velo - 11 points, DanaPam - 30 points
solovelysosoft says: "One of the uncanniest experiences for me has been watching the nervous, frantic Shannon from seasons 9 and 10 morph into a stone cold killer. I love that she’s a freak about natural medicine and owning everything organic, I find it endearing when she embarrasses her daughters and I marvel at how quickly she seems to have picked up on the public relations brain that it takes to manipulate your way to social supremacy on tv. Too bad she’s way too erratic to ever truly be the queen!"
heartdeco says: "great combination of energies here: fun drunk aunt with an interest in holistic medicine, menopausal survivor finalist on the verge of a nervous breakdown, brittle newport beach first wife a la betty broderick. of all the long-tenured schemers, she’s possibly the least slick; i can’t think of any shannon plot she hasn’t telegraphed a mile off. “UH, COULD YOU MAKE HERS A DOUBLE????” — shannon beador, stage whispering to an irish waiter, 2016."
insuredbycoto says: "It’s always so exciting when a latecomer emerges as a true icon for their franchise and Shannon Storms Beador is undoubtedly an icon. She’s a very character rich housewife for me in the vein of Sonja Morgan. I know her quirks and what she likes (organic mattresses! Dr. Moon!) she has a signature voice and mannerisms and there is no denying that her presence elevates RHOC as a franchise." #11 Kenya Moore - 83 points
rajavirgo - 11 points, solovelysosoft - 5 points, readingrachelx - 15 points, BasilGavin - 12 points, percybitchshelley - 10 points, heartdeco - 10 points, insuredbycoto - 5 points, Amorzinho95 - 10 points, DanaPam - 5 points
solovelysosoft says: "Kenya deserves all the glory for being such a relentless agitator. It’s nice that she seems to be validated by the negative attention, because somebody’s gotta act out. Good for her."
heartdeco says: "the most post-modern housewife. to glimpse kenya’s true form would be like seeing an angel: you’d go mad and blind. her snipe of nene at that fake charity event making her give a speech onstage was the most flawlessly executed, bulletproof housewives gambit i’ve ever seen."
insuredbycoto says: "As Atlanta moved from the early OG era into the Kenya/Porsha mid-era it took me a while to truly find my enjoyment. I always knew I liked Kenya from the start but it took a while for all the pieces to fall into place for me, which happened around season 8. Kenya’s a professional troll who has taken her attention-seeking antics to new heights and yet I believe that is something real about her. She may be nicer off the show when she’s not playing up her character but I truly believe Kenya is that troll deep down. I would also like to nominate her for wittiest housewife ever."
We've made it to the top 10! Per heartdeco's request, I will reveal #10-#6 on one night and then the top 5 on another, to make for deeper discussion on why they're the greatest of the greatest. u/heartdeco u/readingrachelx u/insuredbycoto u/solovelysosoft u/BasilGavin u/MagnificentMistral u/DanaPam u/Amorzinho95 u/un_velo u/percybitchshelley
submitted by rajavirgo
to RHDiscussion [link] [comments]
2020.11.16 22:40 Buck_Joffrey Wealth Formula Episode 238: THE NEED FOR SPEED: The Western Wealth Way!
Catch the full episode: https://www.wealthformula.com/podcast/238-the-need-for-speed-the-western-wealth-way/ Buck:
Welcome back to the show everyone. Today my guest on Wealth Formula Podcast well he's certainly not a mystery man around these parts. He is a guy who if you've come to a Wealth Formula event you know him well. If you've been part of our Investor Club you know him well from there as well. His name is David Steele. Dave is of course one of the principals of Western Wealth Capital which is a major partner of our accredited investor group.You know David's been in real estate in this space for a long time and you know Western Wealth Capital is not his first rodeo. He's offered leading edge investment opportunities of thousands of individuals in Canada and the US from 1997 to 2001. He was the CEO of an international properties group it was the Toronto stock exchange listed real estate company that purchased apartment buildings and converted them to condominiums, he's been in real estate for a long time, has seen it all, he's actually also been involved with the entrepreneurs organization known as EO and I believe that's where he met Ken McElroy which we'll talk about in a second as well. Dave welcome to Wealth Formula Podcast. Dave:
Thanks Buck, I appreciate you having me on. Buck:
Isn't that the story, if I remember correctly? Isn't that where you know each other from? Dave:
Correct and when I got started in real estate I had a business partner named Phil Carroll and we were business partners from the day we got out of university and Phil moved to Phoenix probably 25 years ago and met Ken McElroy and we bought a whole bunch of buildings with Ken McElroy and really got to know Ken well. He was a great property manager and Ross was building and so they had a great program and about seven or eight years ago my partner Phil passed away from cancer and so you know we had a long history together buying and selling you know tens of thousands of units all throughout the US and Canada. Buck:
Yeah now I mean and you know we've had Ken on the show a couple of times of course and you know he always says such great things about you he talks about you as being a genius and you know about everything that Dave touches does well and all these things so obviously there's a lot of mutual respect with one another for you guys. So obviously we have had you know you at the meetings we've you know talked to you before in the Investor Club etc but you know for those people who don't know a little bit you know about your story tell us a little bit about how you ended up in the multi-family space because as I recall you you started out as an entrepreneur doing something different you were entrepreneur of the year in Canada so how would you you know what were you doing then and how did you end up in multi-family? Dave:
Well it's kind of interesting Buck I mean I've been an entrepreneur my whole life right out of university the only job I ever had was a commercial mortgage broker and I did that for six months and then my partner and I were on a vacation and we saw these houseboats and we thought wow are those ever cool and we thought man we could build those so we built two houseboats and we rented them out for the summer and it turned out to be quite a cool little thing. And then we got approached by a tax accountant and he said hey do you realize you could sell these to individual investors and rent them out on their behalf. So over the course of the next seven years we built a fleet of 1200 houseboats all across the US and Canada in 10 different marinas from Florida to Oklahoma to Missouri to California and all across Canada so it was a you know it was quite a business we did win Canadian Entrepreneur of the year for the kind of the starting of that business and our claim to fame which you know now you get older you want to have certain claims to fame our claim to fame was when we got to 1200 boats we officially had more boats than the US navy Buck:
Then so then you go from there and then you probably got the idea well you're renting stuff out and and you know the next thing you know you're in housing right. Dave:
Well and then we then we saw an opportunity in Calgary to start buying these small apartment buildings so we started buying little kind of four plexes and eight unit building and 16 unit building and so we found a really cool building that was about 20 suites and you know we thought we needed some panache to the building so we went down to the corporate registry office in Canada and got the name registered for Trump Developments. So our company was called Trump Developments and this little four-story building we named it Trump place we bought one down the street we called it it was five stories so we called it Trump tower and we named another one so all across Calgary there's these you know rinky dink little buildings all across all across Calgary everywhere where we have these little buildings called Trump and still to this day you know whether it's good or bad now in today's world we still have the name Trump Developments and just before Donald Trump ran for president we got a letter from his lawyer said you know you have to cease and desist using the Trump name in Canada we have the name registered so we got on a call with him and I had to remind him look we've had this name registered as a corporate registry for 25 years so he very quietly hung up the phone and we never heard from him again. Buck:
That is too funny. I had not heard that one. And then of course Western Wealth Capital comes and this was you know this is the last six seven years, how did that come up? Dave:
Well my partner Phil and I were speaking at a conference on real estate and we had bought a bunch of houses after 2008. we were in Phoenix at the courtyard steps buying foreclosed houses and you know we're buying a you know a fifty thousand dollar house that today is two hundred thousand and we were you know buying them as fast as we could, we raised a big fund and we're speaking at this conference and this you know real cracker jack gal comes up on the stage and it's Janet she's talking about buying and flipping houses and she's bought them and you know she's obviously very smart she's really got her act together so you know afterwards we went for a cup of coffee and then over the course of a month went for another cup of coffee and eventually she came to me and said Dave look I found this little 28 suiter in in Phoenix and I need three hundred thousand dollars and so over the course of lunch I said look Janet this is a no-brainer I'll just give you the money myself. And it was quite funny because her business plan at the time was the previous owners were two school teachers from California and they had personally painted the building lime green. So our business plan was we were going to repaint this lime green building back to brown. Janet told me as enthusiastically as someone could tell me that her business plan was she was going to tow all the cars from the parking lot that no longer had tires on them. Okay that's quite a business plan but you definitely get the point that hey if you just clean this property up there were 28 suites, eight of them they'd rob the you know the stove in the fridge from a unit to put into another unit, so they were selling 28 units worth of a building with only 20 units of revenue. So you know you know all of a sudden what it looks like we're getting eight units with no revenue and you're basically getting them for free so she called me back that night she said Dave look I'm you know I'm super excited you're going to give me the $300000 but I don't want to just take your money I want you to bring in a couple other investors and I kind of laughed and thought wow that's pretty I guess ballsy if you will for her to you know have the guts to say that I said yeah Janet no problem I'll bring a couple buddies in and I said by the way why do you say that and she said well Dave because you know we're going to make so much money on this deal that I want other people in so when we go to do it again you know I've got a bigger base of people to go through. And so we gave her the money turned out to be a spectacular deal and sure enough two weeks later she calls me back and now she's got a deal that needs three million dollars. So you know again we kind of circle the wagons, we go speak at a couple different events and you know Janet is as everyone has met through through Wealth Formula you know she's just very methodical very analytical she's got that computer science brain where I'm you know I'm just much more of the entrepreneur I've you know over the years you sort of develop a feel for real estate. And so we get I get an invitation for us to speak to this group and there's a you know big group about 150 people to speak to that are going to potentially invest the money and as we're walking onto the stage she taps me on the shoulder and she says Dave I think I'm gonna throw up you know I don't like speaking in front of people. So anyhow needless to say we you know that that became the second deal and from there it's been you know almost 80 properties that we've bought and you know obviously you know through our affiliation we've expanded the network and just really continued to build on this this amazing system of doing the same thing over and over to these buildings. Buck:
Yeah so you know and and just for reference now what are we up to in terms of real estate transactions you know after those first couple buildings? Dave:
So we're up to 78 buildings and 17 600 units. I think at last count and we're getting close to closing number 79 and number 80. So you know again it's you know we're kind of knocking on the door of 20 000 properties. Of the cult the 78 that we've bought we've sold 30 of them and of the 30 that we've renovated done the program on we've held those for an average of 30 months and the investors have an average annual return on those of 30 a year. Ao you know that again I think that's the proof is really in the pudding as to why. Buck:
Yeah absolutely and you know that's what we've been talking about so much and what people are so excited about within our group and you know you know just talking about Western Wealth Capital the model is really about velocity in so many ways which made it a really good match for Wealth Formula because velocity is such a key part of what we always talked about even before our affiliation with Western Wealth Capital you know when we talk about the speed of you know getting your money back in your hands to redeploy and the speed of the program you know at which we get into properties and we turn them around and you know we don't sit there and you know acquire property and then start figuring out what color to paint things right, I mean that's really what this whole model is about is execution and velocity. Do you want to talk a little bit about that because I think that that in many ways is what really makes this model truly unique. Dave:
Well you know it's interesting I was sitting on one of the asset manager calls the other day and I probably heard it said 10 times from different asset managers and it's so ingrained in the culture and the culture is the need for speed. The words that are used in our company are the wow factor and the need for speed. So the wow factor is, how do you take a very basic old 1985 building that's tired that's been operated usually remotely how do you take that building and give it new life so that people really want to live there and secondly how do you do it really fast because the simple math is this: if I can buy a property and I can move the rent up by a hundred and fifty dollars that increases the value of that apartment unit by thirty thousand dollars if I can also put a washer dryer in and get fifty dollars that increases the value of that unit by another ten thousand dollars. So that's forty thousand dollars. So if I'm buying a hundred and fifty thousand dollar unit and I'm putting say thirty percent down that's forty five thousand dollars down per unit and I can just do renovations and just do washer dryers and make forty thousand. That's a hundred percent return on my money right, so now that he is that's very definable right and I think one of the things that our investors love about the program is they can look at every investment and say how much below the the rent how much below market are your units how much how many washer dryers can you do and how many gold star renovations you can do and then mathematically they can just figure out well if you can do 200 and you make 30 000 a unit you're going to increase the value by 6 million. If you can do 200 washer dryers and you make 10 000 increase the value that's 2 million. So everybody can mathematically do the calculation quickly. But the key now is imagine if you could do that in a year instead of three years so that hundred percent return on your money you could make in a year or you could make in two years and so what we've really driven is how do you create that formula and how do you get everybody rowing in the same direction, the asset manager, the property manager, the design team and a lot of it is we just plan so much of the work that it's virtually it's go time from the day we take over the property, the day we own it whereas typically in our business what happens is people buy a building and on the day they take it over they start to have meetings and say I wonder what color we should paint the building, we should order some new lawn furniture we should redesign the leasing office hey I wonder what stove we should put in the renovated units. We've already got that system and so we're doing that 60 90 days ahead of takeover and it's really what drives the speed. Buck:
And I think that is one of the critical pieces of this and I think where a lot of people get the aha moment when they when they listen to why it is and how it is that Western Wealth Capital has been able to do what they've been able to over the past you know six years or so if you're talking about you know 29-30 annualized returns, how is that possible over and over again and the answer is that it's execution and speed right. So think about what Dave is saying just to emphasize the point because I think it's a really good learning point. Typically you're going to see a pro forma and you're going to see rent bumps that may not look that dissimilar from what a pro forma from Western Wealth Capital might look like but that might be over five years. Now if you're doing the same work over the course of three years or two and a half years guess what the bumps are right and that's driving the net operating income and then the value of the property. If you are doing that in half the time you're going to make double the money and so it seems so obvious but it really doesn't work that way for most syndication real estate's indicators so anyway that is that is a huge thing. The other part that makes it really unique in my opinion and Dave maybe you can talk to this is the the type of financing that's used because not only are we talking about fairly quick holds and big bumps but we're talking about getting people to be able to recirculate their money back into the next deal and and essentially invest their money in the same place at two times and at the same time because of that velocity. Do you want to talk a little bit about the refinancing type programs? Dave:
Yeah totally and you just to step back to the last point just to make one small point on that the other thing that's a huge advantage now that we've got scale in certain cities that we're in so you know we're the second largest landlord in Phoenix right so we're looking at a deal today that we compare and the comparative buildings that we're looking at in the neighborhood, five of the ten buildings that are comparable are buildings we own. So when we're sitting there and someone says hey do you think you can get the rent bumps? In a way in our business it's a little bit like insider trading in the stock market we know the rent bumps because I can go look at my buildings that I own two blocks away and I go hey are we getting the rent bumps on that building and I can look at my daily report my weekly or my monthly report and I can see the last 10 leases and I go wow these guys not only are they way under on what they're going to get when they're renovated but they're probably 75 or 100 below what the market is today because we have such good information on the market. So again it's another piece that really is helpful to the whole program. What's really driven the whole program is the first 30 deals we did when we first got started there was different financing than there was today so if I bought a building I'd go get lender A to lend me the money. I would do this work on the building and I'd increase the building by 10 million dollars in two years and the only way that I could pull equity out for my investors was to go to a new lender and get a new mortgage on the property and that was expensive it was time consuming you know the lenders would take a big piece you had to do appraisals and then all of a sudden the lenders that were lending were like geez we we don't actually want to not, we want to keep this loan like we've gone through the tough lifting with you guys now you're we're going to lose the loan to another lender. So the lenders came up with a program where basically on the day we buy the building they will approve us for a loan of a hundred percent of the purchase price of the building. They'll typically only lend us about 70 percent on the day we take it over but at the end of that first year when that building's gone up by 5 million and the end of the next year when it's gone up another 5 million because we've renovated so many suites we've moved the rents to market we've put in washer dryers and we've completely transformed the property. So at the end of that two to three year period when the building's worth 10 million dollars more the lender will just let us almost like a line of credit increase the mortgage on the property by 70 percent of the increased value and then we get to take that equity and give it back to the clients and the investors can then take that money invest it elsewhere put it into another deal with us and as you know Buck we've got many clients that that same hundred thousand dollars that they started investing with five years ago they've now cycled it two or three times and they still continue to earn four to five percent on their money invested annually on money that they no longer even have invested on that first deal. Buck:
Yeah and there's another element here not that in my personal opinion about multi-family real estate is if it's in the right hands it's a relatively safe type thing but in reality if you've got your money out of a deal you've essentially completely de-risked that deal as well right I mean you're basically only getting the upside on that deal so that's another advantage as well Dave:
100 there's no liability for any investors investing in the limited partnership beyond the amount of money they invest in. Buck:
Right so that's essentially the model we've talked about that we've had Janet on the show we've had Tim but I want to talk a little bit about what's going on now right because the last six years pre-covet obviously was a pretty epic run you talked about the numbers you know annualized average returns of you know just about 30 percent and so now we've had some serious stress testing happen so maybe you can talk a little bit about you know what's happened to the portfolio since March and you know in that regard you know what role did market selection play in these times you know what what role did the fact that were in workforce help if any if you could talk a little bit about that that would be awesome. Dave:
Well I mean you know as a company first of all we just feel we're you know incredibly blessed by being in the space we're in and the places we are you know multi-family generally has proven to be a great place for people to have your money it's been very safe you know obviously the collection rate in some markets has been much better than others you know Phoenix Dallas Houston San Antonio Atlanta have all proven to be good collection markets so a lot driven by that affordability, obviously California and new york the collection rates are only say 85 versus 95 in these markets so you know as a place to put your money if I was going to put my money into real estate you know I definitely would want to be in multi-family ahead of office ahead of retail you know it's debatable it's kind of neck and neck with industrial industrial has been another decent place to put your money but you know I think we've been incredibly blessed and you know I think we're going to be really well positioned coming out of this because two things have happened: one we're seeing super low interest rates which are making you know just very strong opportunities and secondly we're seeing this this migration of people. You know if someone said to me Dave you know should I invest with Western Wealth I would say that the first thing is do you believe the movement of people out of California and New York City these big you know these big new york state these big states do you believe that trend of affordability is gonna continue because if you do then yes you should just you should work with us and get and fully understand the cities where those people are moving to and if you're doing it on your own you should go and look and understand where the people are moving to because they're moving to Arizona for affordability the companies are moving them there because it's affordable for the companies to hire people and you know much like online shopping has just taken off through the pandemic this same phenomena of people not having to go to their offices has driven more people into those markets. So you know we say it all the time we've been blessed you know we have we have the teams on the ground and that are that are you know have worked incredibly hard to completely change the way we do the business and we've you know we've adapted I think incredibly well to what we've gone through and and but I think we're very lucky to be in this space in the markets we're in. Buck:
You know at the macro level there was a lot of doom and gloom type talk there was you know I had actually early on talked about how I felt like there was you know pending defaults and all that sort of stuff but it ends up that there really wasn't that much distress in the multi-family market at least in the markets that we were in is isn't that right? Dave:
Well I would say and I would say the bigger issue is you know with sort of the news of a vaccine potentially on the horizon you know think of these massive institutions Buck and they really at the end of the day drive you know they drive the business you know they have not deployed anywhere near the amount of capital that they're going to want that they wanted to deploy in 2020 and they're going to have entire sectors that they're not going to be deploying in they're going to be sitting taking of you know a broader view of where they really think retail is going to go where they think office is going to go? So what does that mean? In my opinion it likely means we're going to see a lot of institutional money coming into multi-family space and then specifically then I look and go okay well what space is it going to go into? Well in all likelihood it's going to want to be safe at the beginning people aren't going to you know they're going to be they're going to be maybe worrisome about you know these these mid markets or these markets that aren't showing really strong job growth and population growth. So I think the markets were in and the space we're in I think it's going to see in 2021 I think it's going to see a lot of capital coming into those markets so you know the properties that we own I think we're going to be very very happy with. Buck:
So for those you know David you know there still is this kind of talk out there that many are waiting on the sidelines right now thinking that there is going to be a flood of defaults and blood in the street obviously you don't think that that's the case Dave:
Well I shouldn't say I don't think that that's the case I think you have to be specific to the markets you're in those just generally don't happen to be you know if our goal was to just buy everything we could buy that was value-add we could go by in Kentucky and Tennessee and you know there's all kinds of places we could go by but as you know we put a pretty strict box around the markets we're in that we're in the markets that are showing the top job growth the top population growth and the biggest in migration and so you know that pool of that pool of cities is really about 10 15 20 cities that we really like. I'm much less worried about those 10 15 cities being in default mode because those are the cities that I think are going to be the biggest beneficiaries of people continuing to move there even after we come out of this but you know if you said to me would I be worried about markets number 35 through 70 yeah I believe in those markets there will likely be some defaults I think there's there's people leaving there's you know rents are going to fall no question again they mean very little to us because those just aren't the playground we play in. Buck:
WSpecifically we're not in the space through Western Wealth Capital or you know anything else that we're doing in Investor Club we're not really in the A class space you know the pretty trophy properties etc we're in really working class stuff. What role or benefit are you seeing you know with that with that particular niche right now? Dave:
Well you know it's still pretty strong because again it's a safe place for people to put their money they you know there was a transaction this year in scottsdale on a class a trophy property I think it I think it sold at over 400 000 a unit right so you know I look and I go there's the top at 400 000 and here's us down here you know we're at 150 doing our magic to get it worth 200 right and I love that gap right I love that distance because you know again another thing we've seen through the pandemic that'll be that I think would bear what well for us if there is any kind of a slowdown again is a lot of people in those bigger more expensive units that were paying 2 000 or 2200 a month said hey I got to buckle down I gotta get through this thing and they they got out of their 2200 lease and they moved into one of our 1200 a month renovated units. Now interestingly they obviously wouldn't rent one of our classics for a thousand they were like you don't want any of that but they look at the thousand dollars saving and they go you guys have stainless steel appliances washer dryer in every unit hardwood floor beautiful countertops, I'm gonna save it the thousand bucks. So again I think that's that's why that's why we like that space if you just think of it very simplistically and logically it's you know it's what would we all do if we were in the same place. Buck:
Yeah absolutely you're gonna you know you're gonna have to buckle down a little bit and you may not be able to be in the fanciest building anymore right. So you know our last meeting which seems like a million years ago now I don't even remember when it was dallas at some point but I remember you in front of our audience that you had an interesting talk that I thought was a pretty unique perspective and you talked, and this is obviously pre-Covid, but you despite the fact that interest rates were as low as they were your talk was about how interest rates were going to go down that ultimately it came down to well compare us to the rest of the world we're we're actually pretty high. I guess maybe if you could elaborate on sort of that thinking that got you to that place because obviously you didn't know about covid but it but you were absolutely right in terms of the rates, I don't know anybody else who was calling rates to go down at that point. Dave:
Well we were at that time we were really disconnected from the rest of the world in terms of you know a five-year mortgage you know that you could get in the US at three and a half percent. There were you know countries that have nowhere near the financial stability of the US where you could get you know I think it was I think it was Britain you could get a mortgage for 0.75 percent or France was 1.25 so they were you know there were there was just such a disconnect in the market and you know again if you really drive the simplistic version of real estate, if you get inflation right you're going to get interest rates go up. So if we believe that there's a lot of inflation coming then we're going to see interest rates potentially go up. I don't see a whole lot of it on the horizon. I think we're going to see a nice spike when we come out of this I think the the economy will get back recovering but I think it'll take a while but so I again I don't think there's going to be a lot of upward pressure on interest rates and you know the key is is you know right now we have the option on our mortgages to go both variable and fixed or to take a variable mortgage and lock it in. Right now we don't see anything on the horizon to go out of variable but we're certainly keeping an eye and at the appropriate time we think at a very very low rates we'll lock these into fixed rate mortgages. Buck:
So you know along that lines I mean when you look at the macro level at multi-family you talked a little bit about some of the pressures you know interest rates are low pushing cap rates down even lower and all of a sudden you've got a bunch of money sitting on the sidelines vis-a-vis these larger you know groups that are essentially not going to put money into sectors that are clearly failing so obviously the next year or two I'm guessing you're thinking multi-family is you know going to see some significant value you know coming its way Dave:
Well I mean as you know Buck we we tend to really put conservative estimates into our performance because yes we've hit 29 30 percent returns but there's no win for any of us to go up to everyone and say hey put your money in you're going to get 29 or 30 percent because even when you do that you know first of all people say well Dave it's too good to be true so it almost makes it harder to convince people of the simple thesis right. But you know if you really look at it the simple thesis is number one do you believe people are going to leave California and if so where are they going to go and are they leaving New York where are they going to go. They're leaving these more expensive markets. Companies are doing it because they can hire people for a cheaper amount of money that's being layered on with low interest rates. But the biggest thing that it's being layered on with is in the next 10 years just to get to equilibrium the us has to build four and a half million new apartments and right now even pre-covid they we were nowhere near hitting that number so each year we're getting a little bit further behind in the in the amount of new construction and so that means more people are moving in there's a you know greater demand there's no new supply coming on at the rate to fill the demand so it's going to drive up the rental rates. And so now with covid you know the number of new units being built is down substantially so they're going to look back at 2020 as a missed year. They're going to look at it as a year that we should have built you know a half a million units and we and we didn't really build any and so you know at some point we'll come out of that and it'll start building up again but again I think there's going to be this pent-up pressure of people moving in not enough supply and and again then it's just a matter of how fast you can renovate the classic units because the gold star renovate renovated units are way more in demand than the classic units. Buck:
Now what do you do okay so obviously we're getting we've got a low interest rate environment we probably have something that's you know presumably I believe it to be a very bullish environment for a multi-family at least the way we're doing it where we're doing it right now but at some point in the next decade there you know likely will be a time when rates start going up a little bit when when about you know when construction catches up a little bit you know that's maybe a few years out but how do you time that? How do you hedge for that I mean is it about you know timing your exits in other words I mean at some point you have to say we've got this stuff I mean when do we know when to take chips off the table, I mean can you comment a little bit about that. Dave:
Yeah I mean it's a great question and you know we're constantly going through the portfolio and saying you know what's the timing on the refinances on these which ones should we put in a pot to see what they're worth we go and get them we go and get them you know we don't get them fully appraised but we call the really good connections we have in the real estate world and say hey if we were to put this on the market today what would it what would it go on the market for which is actually almost more valuable than getting it appraised and you know then we look down through but you know so the risk reduction for us is the ability to lock that into a long-term rate but again if you're going to get a rise in rates, it's generally going to be because we're having inflation. If we're having inflation it means the rental rates are going way up. So as much as people say well the cap rates are gonna go up the interest rates are going to go up you bet but it's probably because you're not going to be getting you know three and a half or four percent rental rate increases that we're putting in our model you're probably in those days where you're getting seven or eight percent interest rate so or not interest rate but seven or eight percent rental increases and trust me if we're getting seven or eight percent rental increases on these buildings if the interest rates go up a bit it's not going to move the needle too much. Buck:
Makes sense. So leave it at this one last question for you obviously we have a lot of Western Wealth Capital investors in our group just in general if you look at the organization and what you've done over the last six years what do you see Western Wealth Capital doing over the next decade? Dave:
ell you know it's funny because in the last six months you know we had a meeting the other day and we were sitting around talking about it and I would say in the last six months we've probably moved the company two to three years forward in terms of initiatives that we wanted to put in place, you know we put forward things like all the technology now in all the properties the way people tour is now done differently the way rent is collected some of our properties now that were 30 rent collections some of them now are over 80 percent rent collection online, Now think about that Buck that means that we show up for work on the second of the month and eighty percent of the rent is already in the bank. So our onsite teams have just such a much narrower focus on all the not all they've got to do but they know exactly what they've got to do to deal with the 20 percent and getting that collected working deals out and all kinds of things. So you know if you said where are we going to be? You know the technology is no question is going to be game changing just because this industry has been one of the last industries that have that's really embraced getting into the 21st century and really making property management and you know because at the end of the day if I'm an investor and I'm looking in in a window into western wealth, the most important thing to me as an investor is our focus and what we do to make the experience phenomenal for the residents that live in these properties. Because if we can continue to, you know people think well Dave you just take this unit and you spend six thousand dollars and you make it beautiful well that's a transformation right, but if I can do that to the whole community and get it to the point where everyone wants to keep living in that community, they want to refer to their friends they have great things to say about it, they’re going around the pool and they're not complaining because the pool furniture is not good or they go into the leasing office and they go wow look at this place. So when we can make that transformation that's where that's where the money in the deals just falls out. So you know I guess if you said to me what's our what's our number? I don't think we're really we're not really a company that strives like what would it be great if we could get to 30 000 units right, we're all still probably like all our investors we're just in awe that we've ever got to even got to 17000 units but the number of units has never really been the game the game has been how do we just keep doing this differently? How do we make the experience better for our clients that are putting money in how do we make our experience better for the people that are living in the property because if we do that we're all going to do very well by this. Buck:
That's right. Well Dave I want to thank you very much for being on Wealth Formula Podcast again and look forward to having you at her next meeting, whenever that's gonna be. Dave:
Look forward to the Friday night part Buck. Buck:
We'll be right back
submitted by Buck_Joffrey
to u/Buck_Joffrey [link] [comments]
2020.11.12 04:22 td139523 Athletic- Russell Westbrook wants a trade and that’s just the start — An inside look at the Rockets
The Houston Rockets’ offseason has become quite raucous — again.
Nearly two months after the bumpy departure of former coach Mike D’Antoni
and a month after former general manager Daryl Morey’s unexpected exit,
sources tell The Athletic
’s Shams Charania that one-time MVP and nine-time All-Star Russell Westbrook wants out of Houston. Westbrook, who has three years and $132 million remaining on his deal, has expressed the sentiment to Houston officials, sources told Charania.
Westbrook has informed team officials that he has been uneasy about the team’s accountability and culture, and wants to join a team where he can have a role similar to his prior, floor-general role in Oklahoma City. The Rockets are fully intending to continue building a title-contender around James Harden, and rival team officials tell The Athletic
that the franchise has so far been protective of both franchise centerpiece James Harden and Westbrook in trade discussions.
What’s more, sources told Charania and Kelly Iko of The Athletic
Houston that Harden remains committed to the Rockets and is “locked in” for the season. Harden spent time last week working out in Los Angeles, but has returned to Houston for training prior to the Dec. 1 training camp start.
Westbrook, sources say, has made it known for quite some time now that he would like to see significant changes to the Rockets’ culture. Specifically, his desire for more team-wide accountability, discipline and structure have been the focus of talks with team officials. Throughout the season, Westbrook was the consistent presence who kept Harden accountable and the two close friends had several verbal exchanges that sources described as “tense, but needed.”
In essence, one source said, Westbrook would like to see something closer to the Thunder culture that he helped create during his time in Oklahoma City from 2008 to 2019 as a way of making him more comfortable. The organization, in turn, has been receptive to these requests and is focused on building the sort of environment that functions better for everyone — Westbrook included.
So with new general manager Rafael Stone having been elevated to the GM role and former Dallas Mavericks assistant coach Stephen Silas now in D’Antoni’s old spot, how did they get here? It has been a game of dominoes, really, and they’re not falling in the Rockets’ direction at the moment. Changes abound, and questions about the Rockets’ culture emerge
For years, the dynamic that existed between Harden, D’Antoni, and Morey was inclusive, transparent, and quite successful. The ultimate goal of winning a championship wasn’t achieved, but it would be a farce to declare that the past few years had been a complete failure – especially given the various achievements the franchise experienced. Harden became an MVP and perennial All-NBA player. The team that won a franchise-record 65 games in the 2017-18 season would have been Finals-bound during that storied season if not for the infamous streak of 27 consecutive missed 3s against Golden State in Game 7 of the West Finals. Still, they were seen as legitimate contenders during these past four seasons.
But the removal of these key components — D’Antoni departing for an assistant coaching position in Brooklyn and Morey becoming president of basketball operations in Philadelphia — has left serious doubt in both Harden and Westbrook’s minds of an ability to sustain long-term success, sources said. Although Harden and Westbrook were kept abreast of decisions and offered input, both players are in win-now mode and have raised questions as to whether or not that same mindset is shared with the front office, sources said.
Harden was initially lured to Houston in 2012 by Morey’s ability to sell him on a successful business model, one that included a positive career arc for himself and a serious pursuit of championships. Westbrook, who was traded to the Rockets last July, was convinced by Morey and Harden that playing for D’Antoni would take his game to an even higher level, supported by a spread offensive scheme. Now, both are gone.
There has been an overwhelming amount of support for Silas as he prepares to coach his own team for the first time in 20 years of experience, as well as Stone’s new position as general manager. However, as it pertains to both Harden and Westbrook, there is concern about the direction the team is heading in, specifically worried that the team may prefer a rebuild sooner rather than later, sources said. With both stars still in the prime of their careers and the championship window that was once wide open now shut considerably, both have zero interest in a rebuild, sources said.
John Lucas, who was a finalist for the head coaching job after spending the last four seasons as a Rockets assistant, was promoted to lead assistant under Silas and has a unique and crucial role as it relates to Harden. In addition to having a clear understanding of the schemes Houston has operated under in recent years and of the roster, Lucas’ retention was intended, in part, to send a clear message to Harden and Westbrook that there is still a commitment to winning at the highest level, sources said. Lucas has been able to reach Houston’s stars in unique ways over the last few seasons he’s been with the franchise. D’Antoni leaned heavily on Lucas in a similar aspect during their time together, although at times he became intimidated by Lucas’ popularity and influence, sources said. The pressure keeps rising
Truth be told, this Westbrook development is merely the latest challenge in what has been a trying time for the Rockets. And he’s hardly the only player who has been struggling with frustration.
The pressures of winning a championship, fighting against a slew of healthy competition and their own career clocks, so to speak, resulted in a season that showed a lack of cohesion and “a mess,” as one source described it. It was an uphill battle getting everyone on the same page at times, stemming from core issues facing key players. The 2017-18 season where the franchise won 65 games saw a roster adopt a team-first mentality, but there has been a steady distancing from that, sources said.
For starters, P.J. Tucker, the undeniable glue of the team, has been irate over his contract situation all season long, sources said. Tucker, who signed for around $8 million a season back in 2017, has seen other ‘Three-and-D’ wings around the league receive paydays in less important situations than a key starter for a contender and believes he is worthy of a raise, sources said. Tucker, sources said, has stated his intent to finish his career as a Rocket for a long time but felt insulted by Houston’s decision to delay extension discussions and wait until after the Feb. 6 trade deadline to guarantee his 2020-21 salary.
Eric Gordon, who won Sixth Man of the Year in 2017 endured a difficult season from an injury standpoint, but was also not pleased with how his role and importance had diminished since the 2016-17 season, sources said. The Rockets haven’t been consistent with how they’ve used Gordon, at times being a bonafide scoring option and other times an expensive catch-and-shoot option.
Gordon has expressed displeasure on a number of occasions, with Lucas taking the lead on keeping him focused, sources said. The question of whether Danuel House or Gordon should start has been a talking point for two seasons, although Gordon has often expressed a lack of preference with coming off the bench or starting — instead wanting his role defined and clear.
Internally, there were a number of options discussed to best optimize his skillset, with one approach being not having Gordon share the floor as much with Harden and Westbrook at the same time, sources said. This, however, would require D’Antoni reducing his staggering strategy, something that he wasn’t keen on doing, sources said.
House was another player who wasn’t pleased with his usage and involvement in the offense and has verbally challenged D’Antoni, Harden, and Westbrook this season, sources said. His January outburst in a road win against the Hawks was the first instance where House publicly lost his cool in that manner but this wasn’t an isolated incident, sources said.
Austin Rivers, who recently stated on “The Ringer NBA Show” that he would be declining his player option for 2020-21, also experienced a frustrating season. At times, Rivers was unhappy with his inconsistent playing time and utilization, sources said. In one instance, Rivers went on an expletive-laden tirade following a game where D’Antoni called for him to be substituted, only to change his mind and insert new signing Demarre Carroll. In another instance, Rivers was barked at by Harden after the former MVP missed a free throw and blamed Rivers — who was standing up by the bench — for distracting him
A large chunk of the angst, however, stems from a lack of accountability, sources said. During the January locker room meeting following a home loss to Portland, Westbrook, who was leading the meeting, went around the room indicating what was wrong and what each player needed to do to fix the losing streak, starting with himself, sources said. When it came to Harden, however, he wasn’t as receptive to criticism as other teammates, sources said.
Former teammates have described the culture in Houston as problematic, sources said, highlighting a situation that caters far too much to its stars. One example cited was the case of Trevor Ariza, who left the team in 2018 in search of more money, but also more respect, sources said. The Rockets attempted to bring him back down the line but Ariza, sources said, was seeking an apology that never came. Former teammates also questioned why players like Clint Capela and Chris Paul were traded, according to sources. There have also been complaints about the team’s style of play, both from former and current players on the team, sources said. Game 7 of the 2018 Western Conference Finals was the highlight of such complaints, with the team missing 27 straight 3-pointers and not adjusting or incorporating any other offensive strategy, sources said. So, what now?
The accelerated nature of what has been a unique season and offseason only puts Houston in a tighter spot. Westbrook’s addition fundamentally changed how the Rockets operated from a schematic standpoint, being so committed to him that the team sent young center Capela away to afford Westbrook more space to operate.
Westbrook has essentially thrown his chips to the center of the table and wants a resolution before next season, but what direction would Houston go in? More importantly, what does Coach Silas want to do? Do they revert to the 2016-17 method, using Harden as the primary ball handler, the season where he led the league in assists? Or do they scour the league for a suitable guard who can play next to Harden and still give the Rockets an elite 1-2 punch?
Jrue Holiday’s name sounds much more interesting and palatable now than it did a week ago, but expect Houston to be thorough and aggressive in resolving this situation. Silas and Stone both said they were ready during their introductory press conference. Now, the ball is in their court.
submitted by td139523
to rockets [link] [comments]
2020.11.10 16:30 MikeFrench98 Fallout Texas: Various ideas for a Fallout game taking place in Texas
Various ideas for a Fallout game taking place in Texas
Texas offers many opportunities as a setting for a Fallout game. Varied geography, interesting History, many cultures and a lot of locations, all of that would make a post-apocalyptic retro-futurist Texas an awesome place to explore and to interact with.
Texas in the Fallout world would offer opportunities for many nations-to-be to rise up. Here are some of the factions that could appear in a post-war Texas, the relations that could exist between them and why this setting could make a great Fallout game.
Texas, along with California, is one of the regions of North America that has the most potential to become a country in its own right: Lots of resources, a big territory and a strong sense of belonging to a common "nation" based on a rich History. The “reset” that was the Great War for the US could represent an opportunity for an ambitious warlord or a visionary community leader to build a new, organized and “civilized” nation based on what survived of the pre-war “Texan identity”.
Like the NCR further West, this new Texan Republic would begin around one or a few settlements, and would then develop and incorporate more and more towns and cities. The laws of this new country could be inspired by Old World laws. Its founding ideology could be a “Texan nationalism” build from what’s left of the pre-war State of Texas’s History and culture. This new nationalism would focus on the unity of all those who live on the territory of the former State.
This unity, and the order and security it should bring to the Texan wasteland, would be the end goal in the eyes of the leaders and the population of the Republic. This end goal should be achieved through cooperation and negotiations if possible, or strength if necessary. The unity of post-war Texas could be achieved by different ways:
-Settlements, won over to the cause of Texan nationalism, or simply seeking protection or better trading relations, could ask for incorporation into the Republic.
-The Republic could infiltrate agents into recalcitrant settlements to make propaganda, topple their leaders (or both) and push them into its arms.
-The Republic, using more or less justified excuses, could directly annex settlements by force, especially when they represent an important strategic or ideological asset.
But this country wouldn’t be a copycat of the NCR. Like post-war California, it would be based on Old World laws and ideas, but it would take the shape of a military dictatorship of some sort. Texas is covered with military bases, it wouldn’t be surprising if this new Texan nation was partly built and organized by military leaders and personnel, which would tend to think that strong government and assertive policies are the best way to achieve their goals. They would also have the means to do so. Democracy would be seen by those people as a failed experiment and a weak political system, unable to deal with the harshness of the wasteland and even less able to conquer and pacify it. In summary, Texas would be similar but also different from the NCR: Inspired by the Old World, it wants to bring stability to the wasteland, but without democracy.
This new country could also be an egalitarian state, where Humans, ghouls and other mutants have the same rights as long as they are patriots and are ready to obey the law and serve the cause. All of this would make this faction morally gray: A military dictatorship ready to use brute force to achieve its goals, but at the same time a beacon of order and civilization based on written laws, promoting an egalitarian society and building an unifying political project in a lawless wasteland. This faction would be far from perfect in the eyes of the player, but it still could be considered by him as the best alternative for the Texan wasteland.
The biggest cities of the Republic could be San Antonio, the capital and the place where the nation was founded, Corpus Christi, an important trading port, and McAllen, the agricultural heart of the Republic thanks to the cultures of the Rio Grande Valley. The large population of the Republic could be explained by the fact that Southern Texas and neighboring Mexico were relatively unscathed by the nuclear bombing of the Great War. San Antonio was not wiped off the map, unlike Dallas or Houston. Thus, a large part of the pre-war population survived. This makes it more likely that large communities and pre-war "Texas culture" would survive, and thus that a nation could be re-formed on these bases. As a consequence of this less intense nuclear bombardment, the radiation would also be less destructive to the ecosystem than elsewhere in the country, allowing for the rebirth of a meaningful agriculture (especially in the aforementioned Rio Grande Valley) capable of sustaining a large population, and thus complex societies and forms of government. Texas would be like the Commonwealth: a good place to kick-start civilization, but this time without some pesky scientists preventing you to do so from the underground.
Texas would have a large army due to its strong demographics. The military would be well-equipped, thanks to the numerous Old World military bases in the vicinity of San Antonio. It would be well-trained and supported by the culture and military tradition that permeates the country, motivated by the unifying ideology of Texan nationalism, and hardened by the wars against Mexican warlords and western raiders. But it is also capable of diplomacy and political maneuvering.
One of the founding fathers of the Republic could have been a traveler and history lover in his youth. He would have traveled throughout the former United States, studying the different political systems and societies that emerged from the wastelands. He would also have read old books from the Old World, learning about ancient civilizations and empires. His travels and knowledge would have inspired him to build the Republic and the Texan nation. This opens the door to references to the NCR, which could serve as an inspiration to Texan leaders, but also, in some cases and in their eyes, an example of what not to do.
Aesthetically, the cities and people of Texas could have a Tex-Mex appearance, due to their proximity to what’s left of Mexico. Their language could be a mix of Spanish and English. The architecture could also be a mix of Hispanic and Anglo-Saxon culture. The Texan army, in order not to be a copy and paste of the NCR army (which have a kinda modern look), should have a more 19th century look (like the rough riders of the Spanish-American war for example). Of course, retro-futuristic elements could/should be integrated. It’s Fallout we’re talking about, after all.
The Triple Alliance:
"H-Town" was a widely popular pre-war nickname for Houston. But now, it references the H (hydrogen) bombs that almost entirely razed the city during the Great War. The city, led by an aristocracy, could have risen from the ashes and become an important trade port in the Gulf of Mexico. H-Town could be the leader of an alliance of aristocratic city-states located in South-East Texas. The alliance would be comprised of 2 other resurrected towns, like Galveston or the Beaumont-Port Arthur metropolitan area, making it the “Triple Alliance”.
The political and societal organization of the Triple Alliance city-states should be clearly different from that of other factions in Texas, offering the player a variety of choice when choosing which faction to support.
Thus, as I mentioned, those city-states could be aristocratic republics, ruled by upper merchant castes. These republics would be ruled by councils of aristocrats or a leader elected by the dominant caste. The maritime republics of Italy could be a source of inspiration. Aristocrats would be the descendants of vault dwellers, whom, once their vaults were opened, used their knowledge and technology to rebuild a society. A society at the top of which they and their descendants placed themselves.
But how can we explain the fact that these vaults of South-East Texas were not victims of the experiments of Vault-Tec and kept their inhabitants shielded from the horrors of the wastelands? Well, one of the answers might be that these vaults were not part of the Vault-Tec initiative, and were instead built by the State of Texas. We can imagine that the governogovernors of pre-war Texas used the resources of the state to build their own network of vaults, less efficient and comfortable than those of Vault-Tec, but also preserved from the latter's twisted experiments. But why would Texas have embarked on such a project?
Perhaps these pre-war governors were nurturing the somewhat crazy and megalomaniacal project of making their state independent from the US and taking over the leadership once secession was achieved. The impending nuclear war was in their eyes the opportunity to realize this dream, and their goal was to preserve a population sharing their views and big enough to rebuild an independent Texas on the ruins of the former pre-war state.
If I remember correctly, the development of vaults in parallel with those of Vault-Tec was not/not much discussed in Fallout games. That could be an interesting new addition into the world of Fallout. The interests of the ruling castes of the Triple Alliance would therefore be as follows: In the short term, protect their economic interests (their power is based on trade after all) and maintain their aristocratic systems in the face of external and internal threats. In the long term, extend their hold over the whole of Texas to realize the dream of their ancestors.
Thanks to the technology retained in the vaults, the armed forces of the Triple Alliance, although fewer in number than those of the other factions, have overwhelming superiority in weaponry. The ruling castes are reluctant to fight, so they hire mercenaries or enlist members of the lower castes to fight for them, in return for money or social promotion. Thanks to its immense monetary resources, notably acquired through the slave trade, the Triple Alliance can also secure the loyalty or vassalize other groups or communities.
The societies of the city-states of the Triple Alliance would not have a unifying ideology or a common culture around which to gather, like the other Texan factions. The value of a person is estimated by his birth and/or wealth only. There is no official discrimination against mutants, for example. What matters is your social and economic status. Although a member of the lower classes cannot become an aristocrat, there are opportunities to move up the social ladder, especially through trade. Earning money can open doors, the social caste system is strict but not fixed. Thus, thanks to the existence of this relative meritocracy, the lower castes are more accepting of their fate, retaining the hope that, one day, they can escape from misery.
The existence of slavery and of an aristocratic system seems to make this faction an obvious "villain", but most of the inhabitants of the Triple Alliance (those who are not slaves, of course) enjoy more or less decent standards of living (when compared to the standards of post-war America, at least). This is due to the significant technological advancement and wealth of the city-states. There are also some personal freedoms available: Freedom of worship, of the press, of expression. Freedoms that are not necessarily found elsewhere in Texas.
Same as for the Texan Republic, the interest is to make the Triple Alliance a morally gray faction, with defaults but also advantages, so that the player's choice of who to support is not too obvious. Aesthetically, the appearance of the city-states and their inhabitants would more closely resemble what can be found in Fallout 4: A massive reuse of Old World clothing styles and tools, adapted to the post-apocalyptic sauce. This can be explained by the fact that these republics were founded by vault dwellers with vivid memories of the world of before the war.
The Nortex Kingdoms:
The Nortex Kingdoms are a confederation of tribal kingdoms founded in northern Texas (now onlt called Nortex, a popular pre-war nickname for the region) and southern Oklahoma by migrating tribes coming from the area formerly known as the Four States Commonwealth. These tribes could have fled the expansion of Caesar's Legion in this region and, after a difficult crossing of the Great Plains, they would have settled in the relatively habitable areas of Oklahoma and North Texas. There, they founded small tribal kingdoms, one kingdom per tribe. Their populations would have grown and their societies would have become more complex, gradually becoming sedentary and forming proto-States.
Although they had fled the Legion and crossed the Great Plains together, relations between the different tribes would be far from perfect. Numerous conflicts, for various reasons, would regularly oppose them. At some point, the ambitious young leader of one of these kingdoms could embark on a great personal project: The unification of the kingdoms, which would allow the tribes to cooperate to prosper instead of killing each other.
He would manage, through force and diplomacy, to realize his dream, unifying the kingdoms within a confederation. This new unity and the peace it would bring would allow the tribes to expand and develop. It would bring them to meet the other factions of Texas, factions with divergent interests from their own. Indeed, their demographic growth and the arrival on their territory of new tribes, who have heard of the relative stability of the region, would push the leaders of the confederation to search for new, virgin lands, especially to their South. Competition for land with the other factions would ensue.
The goal of the Nortex leaders would be to settle newcomers on land that they would use for the benefit of the entire Confederation. Another objective is also to find a common enemy to maintain the unity of the Confederation, whose members sometimes have a hard time not turning against each other’s. Finally, the still tribal societies of the confederate kingdoms are keen to preserve their way of life, their beliefs and the independence of their peoples, things which they feel are threatened by the expansionist wills of other factions. Expansion would strengthen the Confederation's position in Texas, ensuring its long-term survival in the face of potential and powerful enemies. Expansion is therefore synonymous with survival in the eyes of the people and leaders of the confederacy.
The transitional state of the societies and states of the Confederate kingdoms, which are slowly but surely becoming more sedentary and more complex, can be seen in their armies. These are still organized in a tribal way, but with some modern elements. The army could be divided into smaller combat groups practicing guerrilla warfare. Leaders would be appointed according to their values as warriors, their charisma or their popularity. Each man would be responsible for his own armament. Weapons could differ greatly from one soldier to another, and the chain of command would not be very sophisticated. However, men could have a large number of firearms, albeit heterogeneous, and basic uniforms to show to which kingdom/tribe they belong, evidence of the ongoing process of modernization and change of mentality. The principle would be the same for the aesthetic appearance of the kingdoms, their architecture and their inhabitants: A mixture of tribal, and "civilized" styles with a touch of rehabilitated old-world technology.
Unlike Caesar's Legion, the kingdoms of Nortex would not be imperialist invaders advocating the torture and discrimination of entire categories of the population. For example, slavery is frowned upon by the societies of the kingdoms. But their people and especially their soldiers are still capable of great violence and barbarism against their enemies, including the civilians. Some of their leaders also seem to have the ambition to wipe the other Texan factions off the map. Thus, the objectives of the Confederacy are understandable, and sometimes even justifiable, but the methods and the end result can be questionable. Its domination over Texas would definitely bring benefits to its people, but not to the inhabitants of the other factions. Perhaps even the contrary. That would make the Nortex Confederation a morally gray faction, like the Texan Republic and the Triple Alliance. The player would have to weigh up the pros and cons before supporting them.
Other cities, towns and settlements The Robocracy. A town entirely inhabited, and supervised, by robots coming from all over the wasteland. If I'm not mistaken, a society composed entirely of conscious robots has yet to be introduced into the Fallout universe. That society would bring together robots of all types from the Fallout universe. In total, around a hundred robots could live and work in one of the cities of Central Texas (for example, the city of Temple, located near the Fort Hood military base, where many robots could be stored and left unsupervised after the Great War).
A kind of conscious AI could manage this society, introducing consciousness into newly arrived robots and giving them a purpose in life and in their new community. The objective of this AI, which could have been developed by the army and become conscious after the war, would be to provide a haven for robots, which it considers as living beings in their own right. Within the robotic community of Temple, they would be protected from the dangers of the wasteland from and slavery by Humans. They could live freely among their own kind, instead of serving ungrateful masters or be reduced to spare parts.
Although free and conscious, robots would assume tasks according to what they were built for before the war (which would be an interesting paradox and could be seen as a certain hypocrisy of the leading AI). For example, assaultrons, sentry bots and Mr Gutsy would protect the settlement. Mr Handy and Miss Nanny models would do daily maintenance and repair works alongside protectrons. Eyebots would wander the wasteland, bringing back useful supplies or wandering robots.
The existence of such a community and its interactions with the player may cause the latter to ask himself interesting and complex moral and ethical questions.
Limenopolis (Georgetown). Its name means “port city” in ancient Greek. But it has another meaning: “city of haven”, limen meaning both “port” and “haven” and polis meaning “city”. This name was chosen by the ghouls that installed themselves in the ruins of Georgetown to escape racism and persecutions. The town indeed became a haven for ghouls, and it thrived culturally and economically. The inhabitants gave themselves the task of retrieving, gathering, restoring and documenting Old World cultural knowledge and artifacts. The heart of this ambitious project could be the Southwestern University, located on the outskirts of the city.
This great historical project would be facilitated by the memories of the Old World that many ghouls living in Limenopolis would still have. The inhabitants of Limenopolis and the quests they can offer to the player may raise questions about the flaws and qualities of the Old World (ours, in a way) and the New, as well as the discrimination against mutants in the Fallout universe. As I recall, since Necropolis in Fallout 1, no ghoul-only factions have been introduced into the Fallout universe.
College Station and the Followers of the Apocalypse. The city could be inhabited by a group of Followers of the Apocalypse from New California. This group could have settled in the Texas Agricultural and Mechanical University (located inside the town) to research new ways to re-fertilize the wasteland, using GECKS from vaults and the pre-war researches and equipment left inside the University. The goal would be to reverse the catastrophic effects nuclear war had on the soils of America, allowing settlers to produce food in bigger quantities and better quality. Waco. I think the city of Waco can't be left out of a Fallout game set in Texas. Because of its strategic location and history, the "heart of Texas" could be the theater of many quests. For example, the successors of the famous Texas Rangers could have established their base there, and their destiny could be influenced by the player's actions.
I feel like Religions have been somewhat left out from Fallout games (the Bethesda ones, at least). DLCs like Honest Hearts showed that it can be a great addition to the universe and the lore. The shape and the place of post-war’s Religions can also bring many, very interesting philosophical and ethical question.
The Texan Republic could be influenced by a derivative of Catholicism, as Mexico is right next door and a large part of its population is of Mexican origin. Religion and state could be separated. This new Catholicism could also be one of the foundations of this developing Texan nation. The Triple Alliance could leave a great deal of religious freedom, which would contribute to making it a morally grey faction. Finally, the tribal kingdoms of Nortex could have different but similar religions, based on some Old World beliefs while being animist in nature.
Now that the main factions have been established, it is necessary to explain their objectives, and why these objectives are pushing them to confront each other.
The Struggle for Central Texas: Context and Objectives
As I mentioned earlier, the different factions are seeking to expand, for different reasons. Central Texas represents their main opportunity for expansion. Here is why:
The Texan Republic wants to expand into Central Texas and take control of the city of Austin for several reasons:
-The expansion of the nation is seen as indispensable to the achievement of Texas unity and, above all, the capture of Austin would be a great political and symbolic victory for the cause of national unity.
-The strong Texan demography requires greater food production. The regions already under Texan control are fertile, but the addition of new agricultural land to the territory of the Republic would ensure definitive food security for the Texan nation.
-The colonization of these lands in central Texas would also help to relieve the cities of Texas, which are on the verge of becoming overcrowded.
-Expansion to the South and West are unthinkable, so the conquest of territories in the Northeast is the easiest and most realistic option to achieve these goals.
The first Texan colonies in Central Texas were established around the city of Austin, as the city itself is, currently under the control of an enemy (to be determined). Successive waves of colonization also set off in the direction of College Station.
Digression about the importance of College Station for the different factions of Texas:
The control of College Station would indeed prove to be strategic for every faction in Texas. The town is located in the middle of the cultivable lands that the 3 powers of the region covets. This central location also gives an easy access to the three main roads connecting the three biggest cities of post-war Texas: I-35 between San Antonio and Dallas-Fort Worth (the road also connects Austin to those two cities), I-10 between San Antonio and H-Town and I-45 between H-Town and Dallas-Fort Worth. Controlling it would also allow the factions to use the knowledge of the of the Followers of the Apocalypse who settled there and the agricultural, architectural and medical technologies they developed.
Back to the objectives of the Texan Republic:
The control of Killeen and the Fort Hood military base, located North of Austin, would also make it easier for the Texans to assert domination in the region and to reinforce its military means against the tribal kingdoms of Dallas and the Triple Alliance. It would also prevent the military material stored there from falling into their hands, of course. Finally, the city would be a good starting point for further northward expansion.
The Triple Alliance would have objectives similar to those of the Texans: To take control of the territories, the resources and the technologies of Central Texas. If the Alliance does not quickly take possession of important food resources, its large population, especially the slaves, could rebel. The control of Austin is more symbolic than strategic for the Alliance, because of the distance between the former state capital and the its cities. Finally, control of Texas Central could open up lucrative new trade routes to the West. It is important to remember that the goal of the Alliance is not necessarily the annexation or replacement of other populations in the region, but rather their economic subjugation. The motivations of the ruling classes of the Alliance remain primarily opportunistic.
The Nortex Kingdoms are not concerned with ideology or economic imperatives. For them, the conquest of Central Texas must serve three purposes: To find new arable land (no surprise here), to settle the newly arrived tribes of the Great Plains before overpopulation leads to conflict, and to cement the unity of the kingdoms by focusing their efforts on a common enemy.
Like the Texan Republic, the objective is therefore conquest. But contrary to the assimilation advocated by San Antonio, the conquest by the Nortex Kingdoms must lead to the partial or total replacement of the populations already there. In the eyes of the leaders of the tribal kingdoms, this is the only way to ensure the long-term security of their peoples and cultures in this territory.
A war is therefore brewing in the Texas wastelands. As in other Fallout games, the player's actions will help determine the winner and the direction Texas will take in the future. Will it become a strong, united (but also dictatorial) republic based on old world values like New California? Will it be a collection of prosperous trading republics, but where slavery is considered a trade like any other? Or will it become a confederation of tribal kingdoms, blending modernity with tradition, for better or for worse?
The interest of such a game
The goal of a game incorporating these ideas would be to move away from a history and universe like those we can find in Fallout 4, where it feels like the bombs fell 10 years ago, to one that is closer to Fallout New Vegas, where the socio-cultural and political landscape is being slowly rebuilt, with states and ideologies competing over territories and resources. This game would allow the player to explore, discover and influence such a world. But one must be careful not to fall into plagiarism, which is what I'm trying to do. It's up to you to tell me if I'm succeeding in doing so or not.
The Texan Republic would not be the NCR. The Kingdoms of Nortex would not be a new Ceasar’s Legion. The goal would also be to bring back in the universe some factions ignored in the Bethesda games (the Followers of the Apocalypse, for example) and to leave aside other factions that are a little over-used (BOS).
One of the differences between such a game and New Vegas could be when it happens. The goal would be to enrich the timeline instead of extending it, as Fallout 76 tried to do. So the story could take place, say, in the late 22nd century or early 23rd. The factions of this Fallout Texas would be relatively young. They would not yet be well established, unlike the factions in New Vegas, already powerful and stabilized for a century.
What do you think of my ideas? And you, what would you like to see in a hypothetical Fallout game set in a post-war Texas? I’m very interested in your feedbacks and opinions.
submitted by MikeFrench98
to Fallout [link] [comments]
2020.11.05 17:56 SaintRidley Wrestling Observer Rewind ★ May 30, 1988
Going through old issues of the Wrestling Observer Newsletter and posting highlights in my own words, continuing in the footsteps of daprice82. For anyone interested, I highly recommend signing up for the actual site at f4wonline and checking out the full archives. • PREVIOUS •
FUTURE YEARS ARCHIVE:
The Complete Observer Rewind Archive by daprice82
Watch: Maeda vs. Yamazaki
- The NWA is the nexus of the three biggest stories this week, and the possible Turner buyout of the promotion may be the biggest story of the year. It’s been rumored for weeks that the Crockett family will sell the majority of their shares to Turner Entertainment, and Dave can confirm that such a deal is currently awaiting approval from Turner’s acquisitions committee. If all looks good, we should know within a week. We're not going to know within a week, this is going to take more time.
- If Turner does buy the NWA, Jim Crockett is likely to remain in charge of day-to-day operations. The rest of the family would be divesting themselves of their interest in the company, and Turner will be in charge of promotion, PR, and other business activities. This should theoretically result in a “more professional and business-like approach.” Peers into the future HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA. Anyway, Dave thinks it’s foolish to speculate at this point about possible ramifications of the deal. And getting out of speculation and into fact: if the deal doesn’t go through, NWA is in a lot of trouble going into the summer, and they need to make major changes to how they conduct business no matter the outcome of the deal. There are wrestlers in the NWA who are owed money, and they’re not going to work for free.
- Thanks to Turner’s help, the NWA has already cleared availability for over 8.5 million homes for the Great American Bash ppv on July 10. Vince McMahon’s attempt to monopolize ppv wrestling has failed, at least for the moment. This is the second widest potential audience for a ppv wrestling event ever (Wrestlemania IV cleared 10 million potential homes). With WWF running a ppv (the Summerslam) from Madison Square Garden on August 29, that means most ppv providers have elected to ignore Vince’s ultimatum prohibiting competing wrestling ppvs 60 days before and 21 days after a WWF ppv. That ultimatum killed Starrcade last year, but let’s be thankful it’s pretty much dusted. This all means WWF has failed to kill Crockett’s ability to run ppv events, which was one of their goals.
- The card for the Great American Bash is set. Flair vs. Luger for the NWA Title; Windham vs. Rhodes for the U.S. Title; Triple tower of doom featuring the Road Warriors, Garvins, and Steve Williams vs. Kevin Sullivan, Al Perez, Mike Rotunda, Warlord, and Barbarian (yep, they’re going forward with it); Tully and Arn vs. Sting and Koloff for the world tag titles; and Midnights vs. Fantastics for the U.S. tag titles.
- The income potential is big for the Great American Bash. If they equal their previous buyrates, they should clear over a quarter million homes and take in ppv sales of over $4 million (ppv for the show will be $15.95), which will at the most conservative estimate give the NWA a cool $1 million in revenue after all the other splits on the ppv total revenue.
- The FCC ruled in favor of syndicated exclusivity this past week, and this has some potential consequences for the NWA. Syndicated exclusivity means that any program carried in your local market (so a show that’s put on free tv) cannot be shown on cable by bringing it in from another market. Dave gives the example of how if your local channel 7 carries the Beverly Hillbillies, then your cable company can’t show Beverly Hillbillies by pulling it in from another station in a different market, even if it's in another time slot. This is a potential catastrophe for WTBS, because so much of their programming is old network reruns which duplicate stuff shown in most markets, meaning they have to completely change up their programming or have so little of their material picked up by cable companies that they drop the station altogether. This is effective a year from now (plus any time that might get it stalled by court appeals), so there’s probably a couple years before it really goes into effect, but this is the main reason Turner is starting the TNT network and why eventually you’ll see wrestling get on there alongside the sports and movies and there won’t be old network tv reruns on it.
- Curiously, the NWA was doing the hard sell of the May 22 Omni house show on this past Saturday’s TBS show. The press boxes were really full (they’re usually totally empty), and Dave supposes they were probably filled with Turner executives checking out what they’re considering buying. It worked, by the way - 7,300 fans turned up for the Omni show, triple the crowd at last month’s show (and no, the card wasn’t any more enticing than last month’s either).
- Reborn UWF had their first show on May 12 and the fans flooded in. They sold out Korauken Hall in 15 minutes about a month ago, with all seats priced at $40 (a $92,000 gate). The first match of the three match show had Nobuhiko Takada vs. Shigeo Miyato in a ten minute exhibition, where Takada won with two submissions to nothing for Miyato. Tetsuo Nakano made Yoji Anjo submit in a 24 minute match for the second match of the show. Lastly, Akira Maeda and Kazuo Yamazaki had a match with tremendous heat and it is clear that there is no man in wrestling as over as Maeda is. Maeda hasn’t wrestled since he shot on Riki Choshu in November last year, and as a result he wasn’t quite in top condition and blew up part of the way through the match, but they went 25 minutes and Maeda won by submission. Dave was told American fans would likely be bored by the match, but the fans there were eating it up. UWF’s next show is set for June 11 in Sapporo, and all 6,000 seats sold out on the weekend of May 13. The real test is coming, though: will they be able to maintain interest with only three major stars and no regular foreigners? They’ll have foreigners in Sapporo, with those guys probably doing singles matches against Takada, Yamazaki, and Maeda.
Watch: the final ten minutes of Funk/Race
- Former wrestler and referee Fred Atkins passed away at the age of 77 on May 13. He was originally from New Zealand and refereed for Frank Tunney in the Toronto area for a long time. He also managed Giant Baba in the 1960s during Baba’s heel tours of the U.S. His biggest match as a referee was the Terry Funk/Harley Race NWA World Title change at Maple Leaf Gardens in 1977.
Watch: Willie B. Hurt
- Financial News Network, which debuts Continental Wrestling Federation on May 29, announced that they’ll be airing World Wrestling Council’s anniversary show this fall. WWC’s show drew 42,000 fans to three locations last fall, and will be aired live starting at 8 EST on September 10. Just an aside, but that means the card starts at 9 pm in Puerto Rico. Billed for the show are 12 championship matches featuring the likes of the Road Warriors, Rock ‘n’ Roll Express, Iron Sheik, Bruiser Brody, and more. Sadly, we’re going to have very different news related to Brody soon. As far as Dave knows, this is the first time an international big show is being broadcast live in the U.S.
- Dave got a chance to see the tv from the Oregon promotions and there’s a lot of sly remarks about the other promotions going on. Haynes’ OWF (Oregon Wrestling Federation, the Washington part isn’t there anymore) is emphasizing the size of their wrestlers and how they’re trying to put Oregon on the Map. Don Owen’s Big Time Wrestling, on the other hand, is emphasizing action as well as touting how they have only a 3.5 hour delay between taping and airing, as opposed to the OWF taping a week in advance. Dave says it pretty much is a battle of action vs. size from watching the shows. And if you know Dave, he prefers action to size.
- On Big Time Wrestling, they announced Curt Hennig would defend the AWA World Title against Col. DeBeers on May 19. Two reasons for that to be silly. First, Hennig lost the title five days before they announced this. Second, why are they billing DeBeers with his South African gimmick when he was a major headliner here for years as Ed Wiskoski?
- Turns out Abdullah the Butcher had gallbladder and ulcer surgery, not kidney surgery. He was released from the hospital on May 19, and should be back in action in late July. This really hurts the current All Japan tour, since he was set as one of the big headliners for the tour.
- All Japan will be unifying the tag team titles rather than the singles titles on June 10. Tentatively, they have Tenryu and Ashura Hara putting up their World tag titles against the Road Warriors and their International tag titles. But first they have a world tag title defense scheduled for June 6 in Sapporo (just 5 days before UWF’s show there, so note the timing and how they’re dealing with competition) against Jumbo Tsuruta and Yoshiaki Yatsu. Most expect Tsuruta and Yatsu to win and go on to the unification. And All Japan will deliver on expectation.
- JWP, the younger of the two women’s promotions in Japan, will be closing up shop after their May 29 Korauken Hall show. The wrestlers haven’t been getting paid lately because there’s just no money coming in for them. The promotion debuted in 1986 and just never got a television foothold established to ensure survival and cash flow.
- All Japan Women is limping along after the retirements of Dump Matsumoto and Yukari Omori, which has led to their ratings being cut in half. There are even rumors that Chigusa Nagayo may retire out of shame that the company’s business has fallen so far and that she hasn’t been able to keep ratings up.
- In other news about All Japan Women, some of the owners (the Matsunaga brothers, the last of whom died in February 2020), are trying to sell stock and divest themselves of a portion of the company. They thought bringing in the Jumping Bomb Angels as WWF tag champions would drum up interest, but they haven’t proven to be drawing and really what they are drawing is pretty much down to Chigusa Nagayo. So if Chigusa leaves, the whole company’s in major trouble. On June 8, the Jumping Bomb Angels defend the WWF women’s tag titles against the Glamour Girls, and spoiler alert - that’s going to be an unauthorized title change and kill the women’s tag division as a thing in WWF.
- [Stampede]: Steve Blackman’s nickname is Rambo. Just thought that was funny.
- Owen Hart wrestled his last match in Calgary for Stampede before going to his Japan tour. It was an absolutely wild brawl against Makhan Singh for the North American title. The finish had Hart thrown onto the floor and Singh’s manager Abdul Wizal started choking him with a chain, only for Hart to escape and tuck the chain in his trunks, which led to him using it to KO Singh and pin him. Then Vulcan Singh (Gary Allbright), dressed as Jason the Terrible, came and attacked Hart and told the referee to check Hart’s trunks, where he found the chain and reversed the decision.
- Jerry Lawler’s first defense of the AWA World title against Bill Dundee drew only 2,200 on May 16. Face vs. face and Lawler used a chain to win. Other matches included Robert Fuller beating Jeff Jarrett and Max Pain beating Curt Hennig by disqualification in a CWA title match.
- Dave got a chance to watch the tv from the week before the AWA World title change in Memphis and is amazed they didn’t sell out the show with the title change. They hyped the show great, but it’s clear Memphis is trending downward, and no amount of local news coverage or having the mayor on air begging people to come support Lawler seemed to get them there. All the local stations, bar one, covered the title change as just straight up news without even being tongue in cheek about it, and you never see that in tv news these days. When ESPN and CNN and ABC radio covered Wrestlemania, all of them were treating it like a joke. Memphis is really the last bastion of kayfabe, in a way.
- Visiting Memphis on the May 23 tv show and making his Rewind debut is Bob Holly. He’s teaming with Pat Rose in an AWA Tag title match, and they’re coming in from World Organization Wrestling in Pensacola. Nobody knows who Holly is, and nobody in the area remembers Rose, so they’re not going to be exciting anyone at the show.
- Missy Hyatt is gone from Memphis. There seems to be heat, but Dave’s not sure what the story is. Robert Fuller has twice stolen angles of Eddie Gilbert’s design for Continental and used them days later in Memphis, so that’s probably part of it. The planned Lawler vs. Gilbert AWA title defense set for May 29 has been canceled.
- Missy Hyatt is in Continental now as a tv announcer. Also newly added are Mr. Olympia and Willie B. Hurt. Willie is Pez Whatley doing a comedy gimmick where he tells the fans they know his real name and who he is and where he’s been, but now he’s Willie B. He’s a comedy gimmick who won his debut in a squash, though, so that’s different.
Watch: The Bullet unmasks and causes a Ron Wright heart attack
- Gone from Continental are Steve Armstrong and Robert Fuller, who both no-showed. Dutch Mantell also appears to be gone.
- In USA Wrestling, Terry Gordy and Wendell Cooley did a 20 minute draw on May 14. The match itself was so-so, but they brawled for another 20 minutes after the match and went all over the building, and that was great.
- They also did a big heart attack angle with Ron Wright in USA that was all taped for tv. It all came on the heels of a match where Mongolian Stomper wrestled the Bullet and if Bullet lost, he’d have to unmask. Well, Bullet lost, and under the mask was the Bullet! Yeah, he wore a mask under his mask.
Watch: Bobby Heenan vs. Greg Gagne and the birth of the weasel suit
- Word from Larry Sharpe’s Monster Factory are that Futahaguro’s training drills showed him to be really agile for a 350 lb guy. Word in Japan is that if he does go into pro wrestling he’ll go with All Japan over New Japan. Inoki doesn’t sign sumo wrestlers because TV-Asahi holds the purse, and they have a good relationship with the sumo world (they even have a weekly show called Sumo World). Bringing Futahaguro in would be highly disrespectful of New Japan, considering that he was banned from sumo, so yeah. Koji Kitao will not be likely to head to New Japan.
- Before he left for the U.S., Riki Choshu banned two major Japanese magazines from conducting interviews and taking photos of himself and the other wrestlers under his banner. That means Super Strong Machine, Hiroshi Hase, Kenta Kobayashi, and more. The magazines? Weekly Fight and Weekly Pro Wrestling. This seems to be in retaliation for positive and strong coverage of UWF, with Weekly Pro in particular getting strongly behind them and even saying things like NJPW doesn’t have top heavyweights and saying Choshu jumping back and forth between All Japan and New Japan has caused the recent hard times in the business in Japan. This got Choshu upset and he’s already hard to deal with at the best of times, but he really didn’t care for being told he’s past his prime or hurting the business. And yet… they kind of have a point.
- WWF also has press issues of late related to Randy Savage and Miss Elizabeth. They’ve been trying to get Elizabeth and Savage featured in newspapers and on tv to get him over in the media as the face of WWF while Hogan’s gone. It has not gone well. The very first interview, which Dave believes was with a Boston paper, called Elizabeth an airhead, and all subsequent interviews have been canceled. While she may not be a great actress, Miss Elizabeth is definitely a character and Elizabeth Hulette Poffo is not an airhead, according to those who know her well.
- World Class now has a committee handling booking. You’ve got Bill Irwin, Eric Embry, Scandor Akbar, Michael Hayes, and Ken Mantell handling booking. Dave’s never seen booking by committee work in the past because you have too many cooks in the kitchen. Their three shows this past weekend drew under 400 fans each, so at least they’re trying something.
- Jerry Lawler is working on a deal to do AWA vs. WCCW title vs. title matches with Kerry Von Erich in Dallas, Memphis, and Kansas City. This is the beginning of the eventual formation of the USWA.
- Roddy Piper’s next two movies out in theaters have completely opposite word of mouth about them. Buy and Cell, according to someone who saw a preview showing, is absolutely terrible. They Live, however, is good and genuinely scary. If it does well, expect Piper to do more films with Carpenter. If it flops, he’s probably done as an actor.
- World Class has gone to the WWF school of crowd estimation. Mark Lowrance called the crowd at Texas Stadium “20,000 fans” while Kerry von Erich said “15,000.” The reality was they had 5,900 paid.
- Scott McGhee, who suffered a stroke in January and was thought would never wrestle again, may return to the ring. Dave got a report that he’s starting up or soon to be starting up in Florida. Unfortunately, it’s a false alarm. McGhee will have a match in 1989, but he’s done.
- There’s a lot of heat between Verne Gagne and the Rockers. So much so that Verne wants to put together a new team under the name the Midnight Rockers since he owns the trademark (that’s why they wrestle as the Midnight Rock & Rollers in Continental). What's with companies wanting to put knockoff guys in Kliq guys' gimmicks?
- Deep South wins the “lowest class act of the month” award. They have a segment with the reader mailbag, which Dave has always assumed was largely kayfabed. Well, some subscriber wrote a letter in and it was highly critical, particularly of the cheap shots they take at Joe Pedicino on tv. Well, they read the letter on the air. Only they changed all the content to make it highly complimentary to Deep South. So there you have it, they kayfabe the letters to make themselves look good. I feel like this is more Dave being offended on behalf of a subscriber than something shocking and truly low, though.
- Dale Gagner, who used to work for Eddie Sharkey in Minnesota, now books for Billy Haynes as booker in OWF. When he worked for Sharkey, his manager name was Diamond D. You might know him as the guy who tries to claim a relationship to Verne Gagne and use the AWA name in the late 90s (check the Feb. 22, 1999 and March 21, 1999 rewinds for more on that business). Dude’s a snake, and not in a fun Randy Orton or intimidating Jake the kind of way.
- One of Buddy Rose’s former “Playgirls” is now suing Hugh Heffner. Okay, so back in 1983 Buddy Rose was “Playboy” Buddy Rose and his valets were his “Playgirls.” Well, one of them was a model named Carrie Leigh, and she eventually moved in with Hugh Heffner and is suing him, which has made news lately. We’re never going to talk about this again, so here’s the brief: she’s suing for palimony (basically, they were not married, but she felt they had a relationship of marriage-level significance and then the same basic idea behind suing for alimony goes forward). She alleges Hugh told her he wanted to marry her, have kids with her, etc. and now that’s not happening and they’ve separated and she’s suing. And this won’t even get a settlement, but this was apparently a trendy kind of lawsuit in the 80s. They never worked.
- ITV in the UK will be dropping wrestling by the end of the year. It’s part of an effort to “polish up” their image. Wrestling audiences on ITV have fallen from over 7 million to 2.5 million in the past few years, and production costs for wrestling have been costing the station almost $2 annually, so time to cut costs. The big reasons for the drop off in ratings and interest is the death of Mal Kirk via heart attack in the ring and the public revelation that Big Daddy, whom Dave calls a 50 year old, 350 lb version of Dusty Rhodes, was really the promoter’s brother. Kirk’s heart attack happened right after Daddy splashed him, too. It’s also come out just how poorly promotions have been paying wrestlers in England. In short: Britwres has always been an absolute shitshow, and I’d say the only difference between then and now is how many nonces they have today, but they had Jimmy Saville back in the day so fuck it, Britwres is and always has been proper fucked.
- A couple weeks back Big Bubba Rogers debuted as the Big Boss Man on WWF “C” team shows. He’s still got the sunglasses, but he’s now being billed as a prison guard and squashing Jose Estrada. Until he’s facing bigger guys, he’s been told not to sell a thing. Expect him to debut on tv in mid-June.
- WWF managers are officially said not to be traveling except for tv nights. So now Fuji and Heenan will make the shows they’re supposed to wrestle on and Jimmy Hart, due to his gimmick, will show up to some of the shows in buildings he’s supposedly banned from. Slick and Humperdink will only be used on tv, and Humperdink may even be at risk of being let go. Elizabeth will be on all Randy’s shows due to her importance to his act.
- WWF is reviving the weasel suit angle for Heenan vs. Ultimate Warrior in Philadelphia next month. The weasel suit originates in Heenan's AWA days.
NEXT WEEK: Turner buying NWA news, WCCW and AWA to do title unification matches, Electronic Media Magazine story on wrestling, and more
- Wrestlers in the NWA were due their big payments on May 1 and they still haven’t come in. Lots of disgruntled wrestlers, now. Also the Main Event show hasn’t resulted in any payments either beyond standard tv money, which is like $100, and those shows were put together to be bigger paydays for the guys in the neighborhood of a few thousand per show.
- Loads of NWA guys rumored to jump ship to WWF, but that’s always the case. Dave’s only heard three names from WWF people, and only one of them is an NWA guy (probably Sting, I’d guess).
- Dave’s not seen the whole schedule for the Bash tour, but NWA is about to start promoting it heavily. There’s going to be something like 19 scaffold matches and 15 War Games matches between June 26 and August 7. There will even be a triple tower of doom or two. FlaiLuger for the NWA title on July 10 is set to be the only NWA title match on the tour. They’ll be put in tag matches otherwise, including War Games matches.
- At an NWA show in Houston taped for the local market, Steve Williams apparently looked directly into the camera during his match and asked “How did you like that, Vince?” Not a clue what that’s about.
- Dave’s got complaints about NWA tv. They didn’t follow up on either main event angle from last weekend. Instead they did a bit where Kevin Sullivan kidnapped Precious for all of 90 seconds, because they had the Garvins find her under a table shortly after the kidnapping, at which point she shouted "You stay away from me, Jimmy Garvin." That's some fast-action brainwashing right there. They also did a Road Warriors vs. Powers of Pain match that had Hawk do a stretcher job, but they didn’t show it on tv and never followed up. They also haven’t announced a single match for the second Clash on tv yet. That’s only two and a half weeks away. Stop showing palm trees in your commercials and start advertising matches.
- Larry Young, an umpire for the American League, writes in to say he’s happy to have discovered a newsletter for smart wrestling fans. He talks a bit about pro wrestlers who had baseball careers. Mostly I bring him up because during the 1995 umpire lockout he winds up refereeing Undertaker vs. King Kong Bundy at Wrestlemania 11.
- More letter writers are big mad about the letter in the May 9 issue that thought Dave was off the mark about Clash vs. Wrestlemania. They're upset about the letter being insulting to Dave and disagreeing with them about what wrestling was good that night and honestly Dave doesn't need them to defend him.
- A letter asks about the whereabouts of a bunch of wrestlers from the old California promotion Big Time Wrestling. Dave gives an overview. It was run by Roy Shires from ~1961 through 1981 and occasionally did shows in Hawai’i, Samoa, and Nevada as well. It wound up folding because when their top talent got stale, they replaced them with cheaper talent and the fans could tell the difference in quality and stopped supporting them. When AWA started running in the area, they pretty much gave up. Dave says he always thought it was ironic Verne would complain about Vince’s business practices, when Verne did the same thing to Big Time Wrestling. Anyway, Dave goes and gives some updates on the wrestlers. Pepper Martin is an actor. Kinji Shibuya has been retired for a decade and lives in the Bay Area. Masa Saito is still a big star in Japan. Raul Mata trains wrestlers in Florida. Dutch Savage does color commentary for Don Owen in Portland. Paul DeMarco still occasionally wrestles independent cards. Lars Anderson hasn’t been heard from since he booked for Mrs. Maivia in Hawai’i two years back and it went poorly. No clue where Mephisto is. Lonnie Mayne died in a car accident about ten years back. No idea what became of Bobby Garrett and Jim Starr.
submitted by SaintRidley
to SquaredCircle [link] [comments]
2020.11.05 13:30 readingrachelx Housewife highlights - November 5th, 2020
"Bethenny Frankel from The Real Housewives of New York City
said reality cast members who lie about contracts or even plastic surgery are doing a disservice to viewers.
Frankel discussed the reality spotlight on the Life is Short with Justin Long
podcast, sharing that being truthful can make reality television actually real. But Frankel has her limits to what she is willing to share.
“The irony is, I’m a very private person,” she admitted. “I always have been and I still am. Going through a breakup, it is private, but that’s not the things in my life that are the most private, and it’s not like big buckets or categories.”
“Like my daughter’s private,” she continued. “How I feel about things, how I process information, my plan, my strategy, that’s private. The small stuff is more private to me than just big f**kin’ categories. Who I am is more private. Why relationships may or may not work for me is private, but that the relationship didn’t work is not private to me.”
But she’s open about many other aspects of her life, including her exit from the series. “I just left,” she said. “I left last year, which is a pretty big disruptive move. I just chose to leave and there was an extraordinary amount of money that was being paid, so it was an interesting time to leave and most Housewives
don’t leave. They’re usually fired, but then there’s some spin about being neutral, but it was a big deal to leave. Especially when I was at the top in that regard of being paid, but I just left.” Housewives
will often say they “left” a series when in reality they were fired. “In doing that show to open myself up and be vulnerable about what was going on in my life, if it can help somebody else,” Frankel said. “That’s the thing. There was a woman who was on the Housewives
that was fired. And she was honest about being fired.”
“I thought that that was admirable, not just because she was being honest, but because it could help other people because other people, especially right now are being fired,” she remarked. “To just bullsh*t everyone and have some false narrative isn’t helping anybody.”
Another sticking point for Frankel is when cast members lie about having plastic surgery. Many of the Housewives
look incredible but some aren’t truthful about the work they’ve had done.
“People getting plastic surgery and lying about it, it’s not helping other women,” Frankel pointed out. “You’re hiding and you’re pretending everything’s real and that’s lying.” ORANGE COUNT
"Heather Dubrow claims she holds no “ill will” for her former Real Housewives of Orange County
co-star, Kelly Dodd, but that doesn’t mean she is okay with her recent behavior.
After watching as Kelly downplayed the coronavirus pandemic and poked fun at the Black Lives Matter movement with an offensive “Drunk Wives Matter” hat, Heather reacted to the RHOC
boycott and Kelly’s potential firing before sharing her near-involvement in the #MeToo movement and teasing a new reality show.
“[Kelly]’s not in my world. I don’t harbor any ill will. I don’t want to be friends, But, I think that in these days and times, talking about the boycott, if you don’t believe in the Black Lives Matter movement, if you’re gonna be against this, if you’re not gonna understand where we are in our world today and what humans need, you’re not human,” Heather said on the November 2 episode of Poplitically Incorrect
Because of Kelly’s questionable behavior and comments in recent months, many fans have called for her to be fired. And, according to Heather, she isn’t against the idea.
“I think in those circumstances, you can understand why someone would be canceled,” she explained.
fans may have seen, Kelly recently slammed her husband Rick Leventhal‘s ex-fiancée, Lauren Sivan, for coming forward amid the #MeToo moment because she was “desperate for attention.” Meanwhile, Heather told host Jacques on the podcast that the issues of unwanted sexual behavior in the entertainment industry have been real for years.
“I remember going on this one call, and they wanted a spokesperson/model to represent this company. And I don’t remember the company but it was more like a tech company or like a paperclip company. It was something like that, something very not sexy. But I remember going and they had you bring three outfits and you had to bring a swimsuit which I also felt was kinda weird,” Heather recalled of her time as a young actress.
“I go there and it was this one creepy Jabba the Hutt type guy. And as secure as I am and as smart as I am, I literally put on every outfit, paraded in front of the guy, changed the outfit in the bathroom, came back, and sat down in front of him. He was giving me this whole speech, then started showing me photos of his previous hosts on yachts, scantily-clad with him there. And I’m trying to assimilate because I literally couldn’t believe it was happening. Eventually, I left and they called and offered me the job and I declined, but I was so horrified that I had put myself in this position and that I didn’t immediately leave. You’re young and you’re kinda dumb and scared and you don’t make the best decisions. Thankfully nothing happened,” she confirmed.
As for her future on reality television, Heather spoke of a potential new series with her and her family, including husband Dr. Terry Dubrow, who stars on E!’s Botched
, and their four children, Maximillia, Nicholas, Collette, and Katarina.
“Those conversations would definitely be floating around. And if there was ever a time for us to be doing something like that, it would be now,” she admitted. “I think that when we got off Housewives
it was kind of the exact right time for the entire family for different reasons. But for the children in general, an awkward time and they needed their privacy. When kids are little and they’re just running through the set it’s fine, you pat ‘em on the head, they keep going, it’s not a thing. But at some point, they have to have a say in how they’re portrayed and how they’re seen and if they even wanna be on it or on a show of any kind. So I’ll tell you, if something like that were to happen, this would probably be about the time.”
Heather also hinted that her possible new show would air on either Bravo or E!, saying, “I think a hypothetical network would be maybe someone we’ve worked with before.”
Also during the interview, Heather explained the thought process that went into the schoolgirl costume she wore on Halloween.
“I had nothing to wear. I went into my daughter Max’s closet and I go, ‘Can I just put on your uniform from school?’ She was like, ‘okayyyy.’ And that was it, the costume was born!” she shared." DALLAS
"Former Real Housewife of Dallas star LeeAnne Locken says she is 'back' to her true self months after making her departure from the hit Bravo show.
The sassy southern belle chatted exclusively with DailyMailTV's senior correspondent Alicia Quarles about moving on from the Housewives and life as a newlywed in coronavirus lockdown.
Plus, Locken graces the cover of ReStyled Magazine and shines a light on the good works being done for children in need through The Fashion Foundation.
LeeAnne says she has gotten some perspective in the months that have passed since she officially left the Real Housewives of Dallas after four high-octane seasons.
'You don't realize how deep in it you are until you remove yourself from it,' the Texan said of the show, comparing it to 'kind of like a bad relationship.'
Adding: 'It's weird because, you know, I go out now and I see my friends and they're all like, "Oh, my god - you're so happy and bright and joyful." And I'm like, I know I found the old LeeAnne and she's back!'
Things have changed quite a bit for LeeAnne since she shocked fans back in February by quitting the show, saying at the time that she wanted to focus more on her philanthropic efforts.
For one, her departure came before the coronavirus pandemic hit and she's been spending an unexpected amount of time at home in her Dallas area mansion with husband Rich Emberlin.
'The pandemic has either really brought couples close together or it has really made sure to keep couples further apart,' LeeAnne quipped. 'I am lucky that I have a husband who is smart enough to quarantine away from me when we are home.'
Locken, who tied the knot in 2019, joked that the secret to their happy marriage in quarantine is a lot of Netflix. However, one thing she definitely isn't binge watching … the Real Housewives.
'Honestly, haven't had Bravo on my television in forever,' LeeAnne said simply.
Despite getting some distance from the show, the reality star hasn't closed the book on her fellow Bravolebrities.
LeeAnne says she still keeps in touch with Erika Jayne from Beverly Hills, Monique Samuels from Potomac, and her good friend Tamra Judge from OC.
Meanwhile, LeeAnne has been busier than ever with her non-profit work and was named the cover girl for the latest issue of ReStyled Magazine by The Fashion Foundation, a non-profit that uses fashion to help kids in need.
'Anybody who knows me knows that I spend the majority of my time working in the non-profit world, really trying to pay it forward, really trying to make a difference,' LeeAnne said.
The Fashion Foundation is a small organization that makes a big impact by teaming up with designers to help thousands of students in New York get much needed school supplies, backpacks, art supplies, notebooks and clean uniforms.
The charity has pivoted a bit during the pandemic and recently delivered 500 bags filled with school supplies and activities to children living in shelters so that they can participate in virtual learning.
'I would love for people to remember [that] all of the non-profits are really struggling during this time,' LeeAnne said. 'I'm really hoping that people remember to pay it forward in whatever way possible.'
'If that means getting off the sofa and volunteering, if that means sending one dollar and 50 cents to your favorite organization,’ she encouraged, ‘just do that because it lightens the load for everyone.'
LeeAnne’s issue of ReStyled is available now." BEVERLY HILLS
submitted by readingrachelx
to RHDiscussion [link] [comments]
2020.10.17 13:09 CollectorCCG (OPINION) What Suning has thought us about team building and how 100T and the rest of NA can learn from it.
In my opinion, there isn’t a region in the world doing it bigger and better than the LPL, maybe it’s just the fact that as billionaire and Dallas Mavericks owner Mark Cuban points out “the money is real in Asia” but from player development, infrastructure and management, the LPL is a giant among dwarves in the eSports land.
The big story to me this worlds has been how Suning Gaming, a tiny brand has now made top 4 by being what is essentially League of Legends answer to the Tampa Bay Rays. A small, nondescript organization who constantly competes and even outshines juggernauts by hyperfocusing on scouting, development and utilizing undervalued talent.
To understand and appreciate where Suning is now we have to understand where they came from.
The Rise of Suning Suning was born when an existing amateur org became sponsored by Suning, a Chinese mega retailer similar to WalMart, so while Suning is a small brand in terms of name value and relevance to esports, they’ve enjoyed at least reasonable financial backing which allows them to maintain a robust infrastructure for fostering young talent. Still it’s not just because they have a big backer that they have unlimited funds to throw at all stars and all pros each year, especially given their relative lack of prestige.
Suning started in the off-season of 2016, making their 2017 LSPL debut in spring. They took over Tbear gaming and were a mere Challengers team at the time with 5 fairly nondescript players who wouldn’t enjoy much major LoL success.
They would luckily qualify for LPL that spring with minimal changes and finish out the Summer Split in a then much weaker LPL in 8th place. The only change they had made to this point was the addition of Hacker an 18 year old jungler.
It was in the off-season of 2017 we’d start to see the brilliance of Suning, that off-season they brought in a then 17 year old Knight, fresh off a dominant split with Young Miracles in the LSPL along with a 17 Tian from the same team. Here we can see how Sunings bets on youth and potential were underscoring what was to come. Unfortunately, both Knight and Tian were blundered away, although in Knights case in a huge transfer buyout which made Suning quite a bit of money.
That summer Suning acquired unheralded LDL(EU Masters of China) midlaner Angel, then 18 years old and moved him to the starting roster and in the off-season of the Knight transfer, and without huge ability to attract marquee stars they took fliers on PCS stars 21 years old Maple and SwordArt. This is important because it showcased a second layer of Sunings team building strategy. Focusing on extremely young domestic talent, and importing talents in their primes from smaller regions and teams rather than chasing after big name Korean imports like most LPL teams were doing at the time.
Meanwhile Sunings academy program was already at work developing a large class of teenaged talent, with 18 year old Weiwei and Biubiu being apart of the inaugural group along with a few other non notables.
Mission Semi-Complete? Going into Spring of 2019 and still never finishing better than 4th in the LPL, they signed a 16(!) year old bin to their academy, and after a relatively quiet mid season, they allowed the contract of Maple to expire to free up another import slot, which they used on veteran jungler Sofm at this point toiling on mid level teams in the LPL.
Now with the near developed Angel, the prodigious 17(!) year old bin, and the two under the radar imports at the peak of their abilities at 22 and 23 year old, Suning just needed an ADC to complete their roster nearly 3 years in the making.
Naturally, Suning AGAIN turned to the LDL, where an 18 year old Huanfeng had just led IG young and all bot laners with a staggering 6.5 KDA to an LDL title. IG despite starting Puff as their starting ADC, somehow did not prioritize this player in their own farm system, and allowed Suning to Suning and steal him away as their starter where he would become arguably the best performing ADC in Worlds less than a full year later.
In addition, the large crop of academy players they had been hoarding for several seasons now were not blundered but instead simply loaned out to a struggling victory5. A team that nearly qualified for worlds with almost a full lineup of Suning loanees.
Going into 2021, Suning not only maintains their Top 4 Worlds roster, but likely will be shipping out SoFM, freeing up another import slot if needed(Midlane anyone?) and replacing him with Weiwei, arguably the best jungler in China this Summer and just 20 years old.
They are now an incredibly asset heavy team which can transfer out the known assets on their team for large cash influxes or even potential trade bait.
It wouldn’t surprise me if Suning was able to pull a fast one and lure someone like Chovy over to be their midlaner, instantly becoming favorites to win the LPL and potentially Worlds of 2021.
How 100T Can Adopt Sunings Model For 100T, PapaSmithy can’t get enough credit for what he’s doing, but looking at Suning I want him to push it even further.
Acillon the 16 year old ADC in USA, Keiden the 18 year old Canadian jungler who CLG is looking at, 18 year old Isles from Australia, 18 year old Copy from 100T Next, and various others should represent a total overhaul of the academy system. Throw in 7-8 players under age 20, pick the best of the bunch and rotate the rest and repeat, poach other teams academies for their best U21s (Evolved, Giyuu, etc) and most importantly using imports to pick up players who are stars on lesser teams rather than importing role players like Team Liquid did with Broxah or Evil Geniuses’ horrible usage of imports.
19 year old Kaori ADC from Turkey absolutely obliterated the Turkish league last season and was 18 to start the season. 19 year old Midlane Uniboy from Taiwan smoked the PCS and proceeded to embarrass some of the best players in playins, including LGDs Xiye.
I love this org, with Tenacity and Kenvi just turning 18 next season and the team lacking aging players on long contracts and still maintaining an import slot, 100T IMO is best suited to the future than any other organization and why PapaSmithy made me a new fan. I believe 100T can turn a corner if they really go for it and take a page from Sunings model because the status quo will only lead to more of the same.
submitted by CollectorCCG
to 100thieves [link] [comments]
2020.10.14 16:27 StockDreamer Good Potential Long Hold SHMP Catalyst
Dallas, TX, Oct. 14, 2020 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- via NewMediaWire
-- NaturalShrimp, Inc. (OTCQB: SHMP), the aquaculture Company that has developed and patented the first commercially-operational RAS (Recirculating Aquaculture System) for shrimp, announced today that it has signed a Letter of Intent with respect to a proposed transaction between NaturalShrimp, Inc. and Ecoponex Systems International, LLC (“Ecoponex”). The parties have agreed upon the formation of a joint venture, which will utilize and combine the growing technology of NaturalShrimp with the innovative Renewable Energy Efficient Farm (“REEF”) technology developed and owned by Ecoponex.
Ecoponex shall contribute the funds necessary to construct, equip and startup operation of food production facilities developed under this company. Additionally, Ecoponex shall contribute its proprietary REEF technology to benefit the effectiveness and productivity of the new company. NaturalShrimp will license its proprietary shrimp growing Technology, as well as include the right to utilize or license its water treatment systems and equipment developed by the company. A target closing date in First Quarter 2021 is anticipated.
“We are incredibly excited to have signed this Letter of Intent with Ecoponex,” said Gerald Easterling, CEO of NaturalShrimp. “We feel that their REEF technology strongly compliments the aquaculture technology developed by our Company and will help us bring additional capabilities to the market. Furthermore, the REEF model will provide environmental benefits for the climate and ultimately help us reduce our carbon footprint,” added Easterling.
Benjamin Brant, President/CEO of Ecoponex Systems International, LLC added: “By forming this new partnership the parties come together to create a very powerful and unique synergistic technology and business development platform that will give us a distinct advantage in the growing market place for urban agriculture and healthy fresh renewable food production. We are well positioned in several strategic markets to now offer our combined value propositions in the production and sale of organic seafood, particularly shrimp, fish and vegetables that should be a difference maker in these target markets.” About Ecoponex Systems International, LLC:
Ecoponex is a privately held company that is in the business of developing, financing, owning and operating REEF™ facilities to serve urban markets in the United States and world. REEFs utilize an integrated platform of proprietary, licensed, patented and patent-pending technologies designed as an integrated closed-loop process. This process efficiently and profitably produces healthy fresh food and renewable energy while recovering CO2, nutrients and clean water to make it a self-reliant net zero operation. REEFs address local environmental and organic waste problems for the benefit of communities, create new jobs, and offer educational/training opportunities and local sustainable economic development by establishing a circular economy with upcycling and repurposing waste. ABOUT NATURAL SHRIMP:
NaturalShrimp, Inc. is a publicly traded aqua-tech Company, headquartered in Dallas, with production facilities located near San Antonio, Texas. The Company has developed the first commercially viable system for growing shrimp in enclosed, salt-water systems, using patented technology to produce fresh, never frozen, naturally grown shrimp, without the use of antibiotics or toxic chemicals. NaturalShrimp systems can be located anywhere in the world to produce gourmet-grade Pacific white shrimp.
submitted by StockDreamer
to pennystocks [link] [comments]
2020.10.13 04:48 swiss_k31 Build a PC for Parents - 4k webbrowsing?
What will you be doing with this PC? Be as specific as possible, and include specific games or programs you will be using.
- This is a build for my parents. I was initially leaning towards a R3400G, but they would like a 4K screen. Would integrated graphics drive a 4K screen fine for watching 4K movies/Youtube? Primary reason for the 4K screen is my dad- he spends long hours doing paperwork through a web portal. Mom uses it for web-browsing and is trying to learn photo-editing/organizing the family pictures.
What is your maximum budget before rebates/shipping/taxes?
When do you plan on building/buying the PC? Note: beyond a week or two from today means any build you receive will be out of date when you want to buy.
- ASAP, as I think their 8yr old prebuilt HP's hard-drive is starting to go out.
What, exactly, do you need included in the budget? (ToweOS/monitokeyboard/mouse/etc)
- Tower within the budget. I would like recomendations for a nice 4K screen, though. They are fine spending on the screen if it'll last them for the next 10+ years
Which country (and state/province) will you be purchasing the parts in? If you're in US, do you have access to a Microcenter location?
- United States. A road trip to the Dallas Microcenter might be worth it.
If reusing any parts (including monitor(s)/keyboard/mouse/etc), what parts will you be reusing? Brands and models are appreciated.
- They have a mouse & keyboard. Nothing else
Will you be overclocking? If yes, are you interested in overclocking right away, or down the line? CPU and/or GPU?
- No, the goal is reliability, and an upgrade path 10yrs from now so I was thinking AM4.
Are there any specific features or items you want/need in the build? (ex: SSD, large amount of storage or a RAID setup, CUDA or OpenCL support, etc)
- Boot SSD. I also need a 4TB picture/video storage drive. Mom keeps dozens of Chrome tabs open, so 16GB ram would serve her well.
What type of network connectivity do you need? (Wired and/or WiFi) If WiFi is needed and you would like to find the fastest match for your wireless router, please list any specifics.
Do you have any specific case preferences (Size like ITX/microATX/mid-towefull-tower, styles, colors, window or not, LED lighting, etc), or a particular color theme preference for the components?
- IMPORTANT: need an understated, professional case. No side glass/acrylic, or 'crazy lights.'
Do you need a copy of Windows included in the budget? If you do need one included, do you have a preference?
- No, I have a Windows key already
submitted by swiss_k31
to buildapcforme [link] [comments]
2020.10.05 01:04 TheTriggerMan01 Jerry Jones has been just as successful as Tom Landry was, making JJ one of the most historical NFL Team Owners and of the most successful General Managers in NFL history.
TL;DR: This will be a long post as Jerry Jones' track record pretty much negates the arguments of would-be blame shifters that hate on Jerry Jones, but don't even know what they are talking about. This is a response to all those crying and complaining who claim "Jerry Jones is the problem."
✭ ✭ ✭ ✭ ✭
I posted this earlier to any Cowboys fan hating on JJ with that same tired ass story these blame shifters use whenever they feel any frustration with how the Cowboys are playing. However, they almost never have anything to base their claim that Jerry Jones is the problem. If the Defensive Team is struggling, which it certainly appears that they, then it's a "problem" for the whole team that the whole team suffers. Jerry being the owner and GM doesn't make him alone the "problem."
In fact, it can be argued that Jerry is a shining star of the Dallas Cowboys, perhaps the best owner and General Manager in the team's history. Then again, that alone isn't saying much as he's the third owner of the team behind Clint Murchison, Jr. (1960-1983) and Harvey Bright (1984-1988), and only the second General Manager behind Tex Schramm (1960-1988) and shared some of the GM responsibilities to Jimmy Johnson (1989-1993), giving him the title of "Head Coach" and "Player Personnel" while Jerry Jones retain the "General Manager" title all his 31 years of owning the team.
One of many of the Dallas Cowboys historical figures regarded as a great leader was Hall Of Fame head coach Tom Landry. Jerry's record as the Team Owner and General Manager absolutely makes him the leader of the team, not the only leader of the team, but certainly the primary leader so it could be said that he's ultimately responsible for the team. As the owner and GM he also has delegate responsibilities to others in the organization and hold them accountable.
In response to all the JJ haters I'll be using Tom Landry in comparison to show that Jerry Jones has been extremely valuable to the team's success since he has owned the Dallas Cowboys. He's also been extremely valuable for the NFL as a whole, for the Dallas–Fort Worth–Arlington metropolitan area, the State of Texas, and I'll go so far to say he has been extremely valuable for the People of the United States of America.
✭ ✭ ✭ ✭ ✭
If you're going to hold JJ accountable for the faults of the "team" which is a team effort then you're going to have to include all that JJ has done positively for the team that he's credited for as the owner and acting General Manager for the last 31 years. If you take those numbers and compare them to most other GMs in the league he's actually a pretty damn good GM, a phenomenal GM and Team Owner. That statement only sounds unbelievable when you jump on the "We Hate Jerry Jones Bandwagon" as hater-fans that claim to love the team only like to reinforce their imagination among one another, but their arguments against Jerry entirely lack substance and what they are arguing for is their own ignorance.
3 years after having bought the team and served as it's GM de facto Jones took the Cowboys to their first playoffs appearance in 6 years ending a 5 year drought of finishing the season with a winning record. Since JJ has owned the team he has been the GM every single year and never has the team gone 5 straight years posting a losing record. Only twice has the team gone on a 3 year streak posting a losing record. Twice the Cowboys in their team history have gone on 5 year streaks posting losing records, never under Jerry's leadership though. Wouldn't you consider that a problem if the team would post that many losing seasons in a row if it happened under Jerry's watch? It happened under the Landry era, was Tom Landry, one of the most celebrated coaches in the NFL, a problem?? How then is Jerry Jones a problem when he has nearly the same success as Tom Landry had in nearly the same amount of years?
The Cowboys under Jones have gone to the playoffs 15 times in 31 years. They won the Super Bowl 3 times since Jones has owned and managed the team. The Cowboys made the playoffs 19 times in 29 years under Tom Landry's leadership. He took the team to their first NFL Championship Game before there was "Super Bowl" losing back to back seasons to the Green Bay Packers. He took the team to 4 Super Bowls and had a split win-lose record 2-2. So Landry, one of the great coaches in NFL history won two Super Bowls to Jerry's 3-0 record in the Super bowl, he's undefeated in the big game!
Jerry Jones has defied the NFL when he broke away from their collective bargaining rules regarding sponsorships. When they rejected his argument that as a team owner, which his philosophy included all team owners not just himself, that was holding all teams back as a league. So he broke away despite their making multiple threats against him and he made his own deal with Pepsi Cola sponsoring the Dallas Cowboys while the Coca Cola was branded the "NFL's Official Soft Drink" sponsor.
Eventually the league seen the light and now the entire league follows the blueprint in which Jerry spearheaded. The NFL still does cross-branding as a whole using the "NFL Official" collective brand, but no longer limits individual teams from also making team deals of their own with other brands for cross branding business opportunities. So thanks to Jerry's rebelling against the other team owners, all individual teams can make their own sponsorship deals while still collecting from the "NFL Official" branding deals. An individual team would be branded as "Pepsi Cola, the official soft drink of the Dallas Cowboys" despite the NFL Official being cross-branded as "Coca Cola, the official soft drink of the NFL."
Now the league and the teams all have far more business opportunities which they couldn't see the limitations that Jones was trying to point out to them, but the other owners wanted to puff up their fucking egos and try to use a hierarchical heavy handed approach to another owner and that privileged inequity of the wealthy in the United States is the same bullshit they have always done since the establishment of the Constitution of the United States of America that always favors the top economic elite while those laws are written by the wealthy and are used to manipulate the socio-economic classes in the U.S.
Jerry Jones is very wealthy, wealthier than many of those other NFL team owners who tried to throw their weight around with their deluded privileged mindset that shows how the wealthy think in this country, you are not equal to them as far as they are concerned and they don't give a shit what the Constitution says because they know it uses suggestive and deceptive language to get the majority to support their policies which favor them, not the majority. Jerry, although he has many privileges his team's staff and fans don't have, still served to show the people in this nation how incredibly naive they are. While his example was largely ignored, he showed with his actions how our governmental system always has been based on inequality and our laws in large part favor the wealthy at the expense of the majority. The majority that pay nearly all taxes the wealthy pay little to not paying any taxes at all, but they benefit the most from those taxes.
When Jerry built "Jerry's House," AT&T Stadium, it cost taxpayers $325 million of the $1.3 billion construction that gives the city $500,000 every year. Now find out where that $500,000 per year goes if you think it goes to the taxpayers, because it doesn't. What does the city do with that money? An article, or some itemized list isn't going to inform you where it's really going. That's only a claim until you really do the work to look into it, which it won't be easy to do because they will make it difficult to trace it rather than make it incredibly transparent and undeniable and accessible for every member of the public.
I can appreciate that in the sense that Jerry Jones, even if only inadvertently, exposed how our governing system actually works, not just how we are told and taught that it works, but how it really works when you pay attention and question it objectively rather than subjectively.
That said, the Dallas defense this 2020-21 season is performing well below expectation, but that is always questionable as to who's expectation are they performing below? Not everyone's expectation, some haters were already counting the Cowboys out before the NFL even announced there would be a season after all despite the Covid-19 pandemic.
So one's expectations are only an opinion, never an objective fact. My opinion is this defense is disheartening, frustrating, and disappointing for me as a fan to watch, especially when the offense has clearly improved compared to Dak's previous seasons at QB leading the offense on the field. The defense being hard to watch and incredibly disappointing is only because they are not living up to my hopes for the team which is my own imagination and, that's hopeless. How can they live up to my expectations when that's only an ideal in my mind? It would be ridiculous for me to blame the defense for what I am feeling about them. It is what it is. What it isn't is my imagination. But those feelings are only temporary, and their not right or wrong, they are just what I feel while watching them play and when the game is over I can let it go. It's entertainment at the end of the day. It's not even important. It's just for fun. The Cowboy haters I know love to try go out of their way to rub my nose in anything they think will bother me as a fan, but it doesn't bother me in the least, I laugh at how serious they take it. And they argue that they are "die-hard" fans of their own teams. Apparently, I'm not die hard because I'm not emotionally attached to my team like they are theirs? LMAO!! I am die hard Dallas Cowboys fan, but I'm not subjectively attached to the team that my happiness depends on them winning and not losing. They are not even happy fans of their own teams, and I'm happy even right after a bad loss. When the game is over it's over, why fucking cry about it? It's entertainment. It's intended to be for fun which they seem to forget that and they have to struggle with their emotions as if their emotions are harming them. That's them though, I can't do them, I can only do me.
If you're a fan of the NFL, a fan of the Dallas Cowboys, and you regard Tom Landry as one of the best people to ever happen for the team then you can't ignore what Jerry has done which is right up there with the likes of Tom Landry. The haters simply don't know what the hell they are talking about, they heard someone spout some absolute nonsense out of anger or disappointed and they believed it, then they repeat the same bullshit not knowing what they are even talking about either. LoL!
Just like the majority of Americans talk about how their country is a nation based on equality when it never has been based on equality, but on inequality. They were told it was based on equality and they simply believe it just because the second paragraph of the United States Declaration of Independence is stated as follows:
"We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness."
Those who wrote that have many fans that call themselves "proud patriotic Americans," Team America, but the men who wrote that "bullshit" are not fans of those people they obviously wanted to convince them that they viewed all men as being created equal despite not giving equal treatment to "all men," not even affording equal treatment to all men of their own nation. They only included that idealistic nonsense because it appeals to the "have-nots" but equality and equity does not appeal to those who benefit the most from the "have-nots." Such an idea that is included into such a document is used to manipulate the people to support a new class of rulership and ratify it as a law that then cements the economic power of the new ruling class.
Rather than support a monarch who holds absolute power over all those men he stands above holding all the economic power and the ability to make others pay taxes to him at his sole discretion. The monarch didn't pay any of those taxes, but entirely benefited from those taxes paid in tribute to the king, as a sign of his "right to rule" over men who did not have a right rule themselves. They simply made a multiplicity of king like power for the economic elite of the United States of America. Both Capitalism and Communism, that seem to be opponents much like teams that face off on the Grid Iron, are playing the exact same game, but just playing with their own strategy that suits their strengths and exploits the opponents weaknesses. Both Capitalism and Communism are offshoots of Monarchy. Both Capitalism and Communism hat favor the wealthy "team owners," the ruling class, at the expense of those they force to work and pay taxes in order that they can have the hope to strive against all odds to perhaps one day be a minority small property owner themselves that are ultimately without any political power nor have any real influence over the laws proposed and passed upon them. They send the cheerleaders and the crowd is mesmerized into supporting their team with team spirit, not unlike Nationalism in the least bit, but it is "school spirit," "team spirit," that was developed from the model of Nationalism.
Those who are convinced they have freedom do not have freedom, to decide they don't want to play the game of taxation, and law and order, that enforces the rules of the game and decides the penalties while the rules don't apply to the rule makers. Those who write, pass, and benefit from those laws have the economic power and freedom to create laws to benefit themselves, are lied to by those who do. They just tell them they have power, but just not independently which they demonize while they themselves undeniably have that power, and tell the "fans" their power just in another way...like through voting. Choose what side you are on, pick your team, but you don't get to claim an equal share of every team now do you? You don't even get to choose what teams will play the game or how any players are penalized or rewarded. You don't get to choose who plays for your team, they are only presented to you as "here are the candidates" which is the same as saying "here is our choices for you that we will allow you to decide which of the candidates, all of which ultimately are of our choosing and give you an illusion of a choice, give you an illusion of having a voice in the matter because that will keep complicit to supporting a game that is rigged from the start to take advantage of YOU. How do you win such a game?
And that brings this full circle back to the inequality that the world is built upon that isn't inherently negative, wrong, bad, or evil. We wouldn't have sports if there was only equality. You can't have the concrete concept of inequality without the abstract concept of equality. How would you ever know what equality looked like without knowing inequality or inequity? The economic elite might publicly project an image of being "All-American" but they are multinational influencers holding major property and assets in multiple nations, always using the governing laws in those nations to create more wealth from them at the taxpayers' expense.
Again, it is what it is. Why get emotional about it? Why be subjective about it when you can be objective about it and just let the changes happen as they clearly always do anyway? You didn't build the world and you're not going to change it no matter what team you claim to be a fan of. Whether you claim to be a fan of "Team Equality" or a fan of "Team Inequality" it's all the same game, it's all for the enjoyment of what we all call "life." What seems like are two different sides in opposition to one another play are two sides of the same coin. Two sides that play in one another's home field and act like visitors as if anywhere in this world is not everyone's "home," but we all are playing the same exact game of identity. What team do you play for? What position do you play? How good are you? What's really the difference? The differences are minute and imaginary at best, and that we call that "relative" to our identities. Your idea that one thing is better than the other and your attachment to that idea of "better" (the concept of superior vs inferior) is what has you acting as if this life is more than just a game, that it's not just entertainment for pure enjoyment of life itself. Why is it only fun if your team wins, but it's not fun if your team loses? Why are you finger pointing haters so convinced that losing is something to feel bad about, as if it is a shame that your team has not lived up to some idealistic imagined idea that only ever exists in the mind? Why are you looking for a "problem" to fix that your ideas of "perfect" and "imperfect" is only ever some image in your mind and isn't even what you would call "reality?" The reality is the Dallas Cowboys defensive team seems to be struggling against other offenses and no matter how good the offense is the defense isn't good enough for the team to pull off the wins that in our minds "should be" easy for them and that they "shouldn't be" losing these games. Your ideas of "should be" and "shouldn't be" are delusional, it's not the reality and you're comparing the unreality to reality and then you get emotional and look to blame someone for your way of thinking. Namely blaming someone that you can't even seem to justify your claims that it's Jerry's fault, he's the problem. Problem for what? The "problem" that you seem to be trapped in your imagination and emotions, when those can't be entrapping you as they always come and go in you? They are trapped in you because you won't let them come and go, fighting with your emotions and fighting for something to be real that's not real. You're missing out on the enjoyment of the game. This game of pro football and the game of life due to all your rejection to how life is appearing.
You haters of Jerry, as haters of anything, are simply haters of life. And that's ok, you'll blame anything you can find something wrong with and say that's the problem and never once do you turn back to look at your own way of thinking to see how you are creating your own problems that are really not problems. Jerry Jones isn't the problem in the Dallas Cowboys organization. The only problems this team has are those who claim the team has a problem.
Even in knowing this, I'm still a fan of the Dallas Cowboys, the only NFL team I have ever called my own, even though, I pay for it and JJ gets my money, but he hasn't ever so much as pay me a dime in return for my support. It's more his team, than it is anyone else's including those who are playing for the team and getting paid to play for the team. Anyone blaming Jerry Jones for the team's woes are simply not seeing the bigger picture. He's been a hell of a Team Owner and General Manager, arguably, thee best one in the history of the NFL.
✭ ✭ ✭ ✭ ✭
In conclusion, Jerry Jones is not the problem. The Cowboys defensive woes don't even make the defensive team the problem alone as they are part and parcel the whole of the team. The team's struggle defense could be seen as a "problem" needing to be analyzed and fixed, but it can also be seen as just part of the game itself, it happens and even the teams with the top ranked defenses are always adapting and changing, but would that be called a problem? No, it would likely be seen more like an opportunity to prepare for the next opponent.
Therefore, the only "problem" is those who perceive it as a problem and make it a problem for themselves, thus they are their own problem. They are blaming Jerry Jones and pointing a critical over-emotional finger at their own favorite team that isn't creating any problems for them. They are ignoring the fact that they are imaging that there is a problem of their own creation simply because the reality of what's happening doesn't match the ideal image they are creating in their own mind comparing apples to oranges, and that's just as hopeless, as it is to find fault with Jerry Jones when what he has done with the team was what likely attracted them to becoming fans of the Dallas Cowboys, aka "America's Team."
submitted by TheTriggerMan01
to Dallas_Cowboys [link] [comments]
2020.10.02 20:27 june_bug0 College Student Looking to Conduct Interview
Apologies if this post is not allowed here.
I am a student in the Dallas, Texas area taking Criminal Justice courses. My assignment is to write an essay (the purpose of which is simply to draw comparisons between our textbook and real-life experiences), part of which requires an interview with a law enforcement officer to take place. I wanted to reach out beyond my immediate community and get some outside perspectives on policing.
I would need to know your name, your title, and the name of the agency you work(ed) for. If you are uncomfortable posting this publicly, you are welcome to privately message me with those details. (I hope that is allowed, if not, please let me know!!)
There are numerous questions I would like to ask. Of course, I would love if you could answer every question, but if you elect to not answer a couple that is acceptable.
The questions are as follows:
How many full-time sworn officers are employed by the agency or department you work for?
What are the 3 most common types of calls for service in your jurisdiction?
Do you believe the distribution of crime news does more good, or more harm, to the communities involved?
How do you think we, as a society, can reduce the fear of crime? Do you think there are ways to get more victims of crime to report criminal incidents?
Has your department/agency implemented community policing strategies? If not, why? Are there barriers to implementing this type of police-work?
Does your department/agency employ a crime analyst to assist in the identification of problem areas?
Has your department/agency implemented CompStat strategies? Are CompStat strategies compatible with a community policing model?
Are there many specialized units within your agency/department? If so, which are the largest?
What is your agency's drug enforcement strategy, if any?
What is necessary for promotion within your agency/department? For example: like civil service tests -- or are individuals selected for promotion based on other factors (like appointments by department heads)?
Are there political obstacles to good police work? Are there political obstacles to advancement within your organization?
Do you believe more money should be spent on policing? What resources could your department benefit from?
Thank you for your time. I apologize if my questions make any assumptions that are incorrect. Please feel free to correct me (if you care to). Thank you also for the work you folks do amidst so much public scrutiny. I look forward to reading your replies!
submitted by june_bug0
to AskLE [link] [comments]
2020.09.25 07:13 darkbrokenheartz Got a Computer Reset slot Sunday the 27th. Looking for tips on things to search for.
I live in South Texas, so it will be a long road trip. Pretty cool because I actually have a CRT Projector, and CRT video wall processor that I have to pick up in both Austin and San Antonio respectively so it will give me a chance for that. From what I can tell this is one of the first test's of them opening up CR to those not specifically in the DFW retro collecting group and therefore immediate Dallas area . Small amount of slots 10 people per were made available to the TOLA area which are since all filled up. All information and communication about possible future events is handled at the Computer Reset Warehouse Liquidation group.
My slot will be late afternoon Sunday and thus far on my list of things I am looking to pick up
Large number of CRT vga monitors (looking for a variety of RGB, Monochrome, and standard monitors) I probably only want a few monochromes and a lot of standards. This is for a retro themed lan party I am organizing for when the rona goes away.
Tandy- I would really love to walk out with a good condition Tandy like a 1000 but I'm not super versed in all the diff models and which ones are more rare or collectible would love some input here. Definitely want to walk away with 1 or 2 really good DOS only systems. Would love any suggestions of specific models to be on the lookout for as collectible, rare, and with great gaming capability
Maybe a nice condition Apple 2 or something up that channel I have a nostalgic feel for monochrome and early apples like I used in School when I was very young.
Model M Keyboards or just quality vintage keyboards.
Standard white box stuff- I have a good amount of hardware that I would like to put in whitebox's for aesthetics so just some generic whiteboxes with or without working parts in them.
90s era pc parts- This stuff will probably be harder based on what I know of the area. I am a nut for late 90s early 2000s hardware.
If you have some suggestions on what to keep an eye out for I would appreciate it.
submitted by darkbrokenheartz
to LGR [link] [comments]
2020.09.24 18:26 SaintRidley Wrestling Observer Rewind ★ Apr. 18, 1988
Going through old issues of the Wrestling Observer Newsletter and posting highlights in my own words, continuing in the footsteps of daprice82. For anyone interested, I highly recommend signing up for the actual site at f4wonline and checking out the full archives. • PREVIOUS •
FUTURE YEARS ARCHIVE:
The Complete Observer Rewind Archive by daprice82
Watch: Takada and Yamazaki vs. Honaga and Kobayashi
- Akira Maeda announced that he’s restarting the Universal Wrestling Federation (the Japan version, not the one Bill Watts had) and they’re running their first show at Korauken Hall on May 12. Nobuhiko Takada and Kazuo Yamazaki, along with Yoji Anjo, Tetsuo Nakano, and Shigeo Miyato are also going with Maeda. All of them are members of the original organization, which closed in September 1985. The official announcement was set for April 8, but the story broke early. Expect matches to be in the style of the original UWF, focusing on a hard martial arts style of kicks and holds with next to no showmanship. UWF lasted 17 months in its original incarnation and gathered a cult following in Tokyo, but it couldn’t draw on the road because they had no tv and the style was fairly impenetrable to all but the hardest core fans. Like, I love Shayna Baszler, but I also don’t want an entire promotion of Shayna Baszlers, and that’s UWF. Anyway, they’re not going to do tours like the other big promotions in Japan, but rather do a big show each month in the big cities only. Their next planned show in Tokyo after the return isn’t until August, and they won’t hit Osaka until December. Back in November Maeda shot on Riki Choshu, breaking two bones under his eye and getting Maeda suspended, before ultimately getting fired on March 1 after he wouldn’t come to terms on a new contract. Dave expects UWF 2.0 to have a hard time making it with only one show a month and videotape as their only revenue streams (yeah, tapes are too expensive for the PWG model to work).
- And tying into all this, Takada and Yamazaki’s last match in New Japan saw another shoot incident. On March 19 in Korauken Hall, they wrestled Kuniaki Kobayashi and Norio Honaga, and Kobayashi slapped Yamazaki hard at the opening bell. Since he apparently was already going to quit, Yamazaki then shot on Kobayashi, kicking him in the face and they then brawled until several wrestlers broke them up. Later on he tried again when Kobayashi had Takada in an abdominal stretch.
Watch: Tom Magee vs. Riki Choshu
- Outside that news, the world of wrestling is quiet in the post-Wrestlemania season. WWF will have tv tapings on April 21 in New Haven and April 22 in Springfield, Massachusetts, as well as a Saturday Night’s Main Event taping that week and a Madison Square Garden show on the 25th. The line-up for the New Haven taping has DiBiase vs. Beefcake, Savage defending against Andre, Honkytonk vs. Bigelow (may not happen, since Bigelow underwent double knee surgery last week), and Strike Force vs. Demolition. It’ll be interesting to see what kind of rating they pull for an entire show without Hogan.
- WWF released information on their internal projections for Wrestlemania IV, and in hindsight they’re laughable. They anticipated a gross of $40 million when adding the gate, ppv, closed circuit, and projected videotape sales. As for their reports on what they did take: they’re claiming $1.5 million for the live gate (probably accurate, if you include the site fee Donald Trump paid), $20 million on ppv (they’re claiming a 9.8 buyrate), and $4 million incoming from the 100,000 video tapes they project selling. (Dave’s been told that’s never going to happen). Even adding up those figures, you fall ludicrously short of their projected $40 million, and yet publications are running with the numbers and even the $40 million number and not even bothering to add things up. And that really gives proof to the fact that it does not matter what the actual numbers are for WWF - they are entirely built up on image, and the whole wrestling business is too, for that matter. WWF needs to claim Wrestlemania IV was a bigger success than Wrestlemania III for three key reasons: 1. Advertisers and the media have predicted the end of the “wrestling fad” since the beginning and anything that would make them think it actually is dropping off will make sponsors drop WWF real quick, 2. WWF can’t allow an image of failure (and let’s be clear, Wrestlemania IV wasn’t a failure, it just wasn’t as successful as projected), and 3. It keeps people from looking into why it wasn’t as successful as projected. Now, the reasons there are that the tournament as an idea wasn’t as strong as they thought it would be and that weakens the image of Vince as a genius, but he can’t be blamed here because it looked like a good idea until the ticket sales numbers started coming in. And if someone got the idea that Crockett’s show hurt them, well that makes them competition, and WWF’s official company line is that there is no competition to them. So if you’re WWF, you have to project strength on all fronts and positive momentum no matter what, and in a way that’s what keeps them running - the momentum of their own image of success is more powerful than the reality of their actual numbers. And since to the wider world Wrestlemania was not a failure and Crockett doesn’t even exist, that might just be the biggest hurdle they have to overcome and should be Crockett’s number one goal. And indeed, WWF/WWE has always managed to keep a stranglehold on the public image of wrestling in the United States, even in the Monday Night Wars to an extent, as evidenced by the many times WCW’s contributions would be ignored or even labeled as WWF stuff.
- Syndicated ratings for the week ending March 20 had WWF at number 3 with an 11.2 All-Star Wrestling network (AWA, Memphis, Pro Wrestling this Week, POWW, GLOW) got an 8.6 and 6th place, while Crockett had a 7.8 for 7th place.
- The third Crockett Cup takes place on April 22 and 23 in Greenville, SC and Greensboro, NC, and it’s the least hyped yet. The Crocketts are projecting a sellout and $307,000 at the gate, and advance sales have been good, but Dave gets the feeling it might be too soon to run a big show after a big show, since it’s hard to get a crowd up in interest again so soon after a big peak point for interest. And then there’s the build, which has been awful. Flair vs. Koloff, the main event for the second night, won’t even be announced until April 16, like it’s a throwaway. Midnight Rider vs. JJ Dillon in a bullrope match probably won’t be announced until then too, and not even all the teams for the Cup have been announced yet, let alone the bracket. Dave knows about 14 teams, some of which haven’t been announced officially, and they have every name guy there is in the company, which means ten teams of jobbers. And that’s going to make the Greenville taping suck. Much better to limit things to 16 teams, but that’s not the Crockett way.
- Gordon Solie leaving Global may be the biggest burial Dave’s ever seen. Bob Roop, the face commentator, talked about Solie as a once-great announcer and former legend who has absolutely lost it, while Red Roberts played heel and “portrayed Solie as someone who never [was] what he appeared to be” and said he was a “very ordinary man who was a different person when the camera was off.” They referenced little off-camera remarks Solie would make denigrating fans and brought up all the jobs he’s lost in the past few years (TBS, Pro Wrestling This Week, Championship Wrestling from Florida, which really isn’t a lot in wrestling, but whatever). Obviously, lots of hard feelings about Solie quitting Global to go work with Steve Keirn and Jerry Jarrett in their proposed Florida promotion.
- Central States is now working with World Class to get big names for their big shows, and the first outing of this joint venture was a total disaster. It mostly comes down to the World Class guys not being able to get enough work in Texas. Anyway, they had Mike George defend the “World” title against Chris Adams, and George accidentally hit Adams really hard in the face with a dropkick. He broke Adams’ cheekbone and nose, and knocked out several teeth as well. No word on how long Adams will be out of action, but he’s going to have to have reconstructive surgery. Considering he just came back from a broken hand (which didn’t heal correctly in the first place), he may have the doctors re-break it to let it heal correctly.
- Stampede had a near sellout in Calgary on April 1. The main event had Owen Hart and Jason the Terrible vs. Johnny Smith and Makhan Singh in a street fight (Owen and Jason won by DQ, so I guess those are possible in Calgary street fights). Everybody bled and Kerry Brown and Rip Rogers ran in to attack Owen and Jason, which caused the disqualification. At one point Smith hit Jason with a 45 gallon drum. For April 8 they announced an eight-man street fight, but due to the mayhem the Calgary Boxing and Wrestling Commission is refusing to authorize a street fight, so it’s going to be a regular eight-man tag match.
- May 9 in Memphis is going to be Jerry Lawler night. They’ll have Curt Hennig defending the AWA World Title against Lawler, and if Lawler loses he’ll retire from wrestling. Their April4 stretcher match drew 6,500 on the strength of $1 student tickets. Lawler was going to win, until Scotty the Body (the future Raven) interfered ineffectively, and Eddie Gilbert came out after and used chloroform to knock Lawler out and put him on the stretcher. A riot almost broke out. On April 9 Scotty and Lawler had a grudge match where Scotty would get a date with Missy Hyatt if he won. He lost, bad, and Missy slapped him, and he’s back as a babyface since Lawler saved him from a beat down afterwards.
- Dave hears that AWA is trying to get out of being a wrestling promotion and operate more as a booking office. The idea is to showcase as many wrestlers as they can on the Las Vegas tapes, use ESPN to sell shows for local promoters, and farm their talent out. We’ll see how that goes.
- AWA is bringing some dude named Diamond Dallas Page in to manage Diamond and Tanaka. Ricky Morton and Robert Gibson are apparently also being booked out of the AWA now, which should end rumors of them going to the WWF.
- Bob Orton signed a three year contract with New Japan.
- Fabulous Lance still hasn’t arrived in World Class.
- Correction on the description of the King Parsons title win in World Class. Black Bart and Buddy Roberts weren’t shining flashlights in fans’ faces when the lights went out.
- New Japan had no tv for the past three weeks but returns on April 16 in a 4 pm to 5 pm Saturday timeslot. It’s going to get pre-empted regularly for the rest of the year due to TV Asahi having other sports they have higher on their priority list.
- The departures from New Japan in the wake of the UWF announcement have them hurting pretty bad for roster depth.
- Bob Orton’s getting over well in the small towns with his Billy Gasper the pirate gimmick. He’s doing lots of clowning around and that works in the small towns. It’s going poorly with the Tokyo fans, though.
- Masa Saito did an interview on March 18 saying the guys in the pirate masks aren’t real pirates and he’ll bring real pirates to New Japan. Orton then did an interview and said they were real pirates, and said a third Gasper brother named Barry coming to Japan.
- Two more All Japan Women retirements have been announced. Kazue Nagahori (age 19) and Condor Saito (age 20) announced their impending retirements on April 2. That brings us to 7 women leaving the promotion since December (including Dump Matsumoto, Yukari Omori, and Devil Masami). Losing Dump has done a huge number on their ratings - Dump’s retirement show drew a 13.2 (compared to an average range from 8.5-11.5), but their first show without her drew a 5.7.
- The Jumping Bomb Angels returned to AJW and were billed as WWF Tag Team champions. They’re defending the titles over there right now. We’re a couple months from Moolah getting the titles and division killed off.
- All Japan is building toward an April 15 match between Genichiro Tenryu and Bruiser Brody to unify the singles titles. Tenryu has the United National and PWF Titles and Brody has the International Title. This doesn’t go anywhere. This issue’s street date is one year to the day before the Triple Crown Championship is established.
- Tom Magee is wrestling preliminary matches in All Japan, and Dave gives an overview of his career thus far. He debuted in October 1985 and everyone thought he’d be a future superstar. Built like Lex Luger, strong as an ox (he’s a three time winner of World’s Strongest Man competitions), 6’5” and north of 270 lbs, and experienced in gymnastics and karate so agile as all hell. On paper, he’s kind of like Lesnar: just a freak specimen of an athlete. Only, unlike Lesnar he couldn’t transition that into learning to wrestle even a lick. He started out in Stampede and his very first match was his best because he just kept getting worse. He had a terrible match in Japan against Riki Choshu where a spark of potential might have shone for a millisecond. WWF signed him and debuted him in a match against Bret Hart, and Hart made him look incredible and Vince was convinced he had the guy to replace Hogan., only to find out later that the match was all Bret and nobody else knew what to do to make him look good. They had him on the C string house show tours with no improvement in sight, and he left to go do strength stuff in Europe. Unlike Ultimate Warrior, whose build is similar and wrestling ability is even more negligible, Magee had no charisma or personality to save him. So 2.5 years after supposedly being the next Hogan, he’s still no better than he was on his first match and has no discernible future in the wrestling business. The match is on the WWE Network on the special Holy Grail: The Search for WWE’s Most Infamous Lost Match.
Watch Tom Magee reminisces about his match with Bret Hart
NEXT WEEK: Big shows being built, New Japan coming to American tv?, more in-depth poll results analysis, and more
- Vince McMahon is trying to get lobbyist support to abolish the Washington State Athletic Commission.
- April 2 in San Juan Puerto Rico drew 10,000 for WWC with Hercules Ayala beating Carlos Colón to retain the Universal Title by disqualification. On the same card, Invader #1 (fuck Invader #1) regained the TV title from Super Black Ninja (Keiji Muto).
- Madusa Miceli is doing a test shoot for Playboy. Playboy’s wanted to do a spread with a pro wrestling personality, but several women have turned them down and Dave won’t name names, but you can probably guess accurately anyway if you know the major women in the business right now. I can’t decide if the extremely minimal coverage Dave gives American women’s wrestling at this point is an advantage in guessing (if you go by Dave’s coverage, Candi Divine, Sherri Martel, Medusa, Rockin’ Robin, The Glamour Girls, the Jumping Bomb Angels, Precious, Missy Hyatt, Misty Blue, Baby Doll, and Elizabeth are basically the only women in the United States), or if it’s an indictment of his coverage of women’s wrestling. Anyway, Medusa does the shoot, but doesn’t authorize release because she gets an offer to do a tour with AJW, and with the strict code of conduct in Japan for performers, she made the smart move for her career here.
- Northeast Championship Wrestling is trying to get Iron Sheik and Sergeant Slaughter together for a match. The big wrench in the works there is Vince McMahon. If Sheik can clean up his act, he’s likely to get re-signed by Vince because McMahon still sees some cartoon villain value in him on the lower card.
- Everything in Global is still revolving around the Dr. Red Roberts and V.C. Minh vs. Col. Kirchner and G.I. Joe Palardy feud. But worry not, they’ve got a guy named Steve Collins who’s turning heel because he’s got two valets called the party girls, and one (Dominique) is a heel. The other is apparently the hottest valet in the business right now, and I cannot believe that sentence is basically verbatim.
- We get a letter from a graduate student in the radio-tv department at Auburn University (nowadays he’s a professor at Union University) who wants to offer his professional take on Clash and Wrestlemania. He says Clash definitely wins for best show and Sting/Flair wins best match, then runs down positives and negatives for each. For Wrestlemania, the camera setup, lighting, roster, Ventura, and quality finals are all big pluses for the show, and the venue had the requisite glitz and Bob Uecker fit in well with the zany cast of characters as well. For Clash, the big pluses were solid feuds, minimal Dusty, better lighting than their previous shows, good use of interview segments, Bob Caudle, three really excellent main event level matches, limited ad breaks, Jim Ross emerging as the best commentator in the company, better wrestlers, and a really hot crowd from start to finish. Negatives for Wrestlemania include Gorilla Monsoon’s cliches, the unwieldy tournament, too long a card, a weak main event compared to the match they had on Saturday Night’s Main Event (it seemed rushed for time), and the non-tournament matches were largely garbage, leading the whole show to feel unfocused, confused, and unprepared compared to Wrestlemania 3. Clash had some minuses as well though: too many crowd reaction shots, timing miscues on shots going wide, why were Jason Hervey and Ken Osmond at the judges’ table, the cop-out finish to the main event (they could have saved it with Osmond playing his character to break a 2-2 tie for Flair), maybe a bit more context on a couple things like Dusty/Tully/Magnum would have helped out, and they could have really used a video package for FlaiSting to set the stage for new viewers. He rates both shows out of five on several fronts. For overall production, Wrestlemania wins 4.5 to 4 over Clash. For match quality, Clash gets 4.5 to Wrestlemania’s 2. For crowd enthusiasm, Clash wins 5 to Wrestlemania’ 1.5. Clash gets 4 (for Jim Ross) and Wrestlemania gets 3 (for Ventura) on announcing. For overall excellence, Clash wins 5 to Wrestlemania’s 2, leading to overall totals of Wrestlemania 12.5/25 to Clash’s 22.5/25.
- The rest of the letters are more thoughts on Wrestlemania and Clash. You can guess fairly accurately that the vast majority agree Clash was better. One ridiculously long letter takes a contrarian view and tries to argue that Flair looked like a sad, tired old man and the match gave him all the Sting he’ll ever need to see for the rest of his life.
- In Global, there’s a team called Death Row and they beat up a plant in the audience. Dave thinks this is the stupidest angle ever, because why would fans buy tickets if they think it puts them in danger of getting beat up by the wrestlers for no reason?
- Also Global, Rusty Brooks and Jumbo Barretta won the tag titles in a match where they were on opposite teams. Brooks was teamed with Tom Nash and Barretta with Matt Oddo, and somehow Brooks and Nash won when Barretta wouldn’t get in the ring to fight Brooks, but somehow Brooks and Barretta wound up becoming champions out of it. Nobody understands what happened.
- Joe Pedicino is running a 20 hour wrestling telethon on May 28 to benefit the Atlanta Police Department. It won’t be just wrestling - there will be some movies and sports interspersed in. So I guess it’s not exactly a 20 hour wrestling telethon, now, is it, Dave?
- So that Hogan movie? Not a biopic. It’s going to star Hogan and the story will be built around a toughman contest. Dave notes that every movie with that concept has bombed. Well, Dave’s wrong about this being a toughman movie, but he’s right about it bombing. We’re at least somewhat conceptually closer to No Holds Barred, at least.
- Roddy Piper signed a three movie deal with John Carpenter for several million dollars. Good for Piper, but he needs to hope his movies continue to do well - one flop and Hollywood is likely to move on from him and the other movies will likely be forgotten.
- WWF has done some spring cleaning. S.D. Jones, Iron Mike Sharpe, Sika, Outback Jack, Hillbilly Jim, Johnny V, and Terry Gibbs are all gone. Craig De George, an announcer, is also gone.
- Vince McMahon is privately blaming himself for Wrestlemania not being as successful as expected. Particularly, he’s beating himself up for letting the creative slide. Is this where the beginning of the creative slide that gets us to the New Generation doldrums began? I don’t know, so I guess we might see.
- NWA Main Event is the new big show, so obviously the best way to build it up is to have it pre-empted four weeks in a row right after it debuts. Yep. Atlanta Braves baseball has kicked NWA Main Event from its timeslot for the next few weeks and it wound up on at 11 am Saturday, so nobody saw it. There were apparently some good matches this week, and Dave promises to talk about the show and some of its production snafus next week.
- Last week Dave incorrectly reported that Brad Armstrong had knee surgery. He didn’t. He just took off the week to rest up, but his knee is messed up and he probably should get surgery.
- [NWA] Midnight Rider (Dave calls him Midlife Rider) debuted on the tv tapings on April 10. If you somehow don’t know, it’s Dusty. Anyway, he came in on a horse with Magnum T.A. leading the horse, then came out later and choked Tully Blanchard with a lasso.
- The April 30 Saturday Night’s Main Event will be taped on April 22. They’re taping an episode of Wrestling Challenge too, so expect a 5 hour card if you’re there live. And bring a pillow, because this sounds dreadful: Savage vs. Gang for the title, Honkytonk vs. Beefer for the title, Bulldogs vs. Demolition non-title, DiBiase vs. Muraco, and Andre vs. Jake the Snake.
- Big John Studd was set to return to WWF, but has pushed his planned return back to the fall. Push that back until December. It’ll be Studd’s final run in the company and it’s only going to last until June next year, but at least he’ll have a Royal Rumble win out of it. After that he’ll do occasional independent dates and retire in 1990 after discovering he has Hodgkin's Lymphoma.
submitted by SaintRidley
to SquaredCircle [link] [comments]
2020.09.24 14:20 WildBill19 Natural Shrimp ($SHMP) DD - OTC uplisting to Nasdaq
Natural Shrimp, Inc. (SHMP)
is disrupting the billion-dollar seafood industry with its patented electrocoagulation technology that allows them to grow fresh shrimp in any major city, disease, and virus free without any antibiotics. After almost two decades of R&D, SHMP is moving into the production (revenue-generating) and commercialization phase of their operation and will be “very profitable” in 2021 (see numbers below in the “Fun Facts” section). TLDR: Natural Shrimp
has applied to be uplisted to the Nasdaq
and this is likely the last time you’ll see the stock price this low based on their recent announcements at the H.C. Wainwright Annual Global Investment Conference (recording here - https://wsw.com/webcast/hcw7/shmp/1618264
Currently hold and have been long on SHMP
for 3+ years (in at 2 cents, currently trading at 12 cents). This is the only OTC stock I own in my portfolio.
This DD is based on my own research over the 3+ years I’ve been following the company, as well as the research of others. Many insights I’m sharing were sourced directly from research in The Emergent REAL Green Aqua Technology: A TRAGIC NECESSITY - The Eddie Yolk Zone -------------
NaturalShrimp, Inc. (OTCQB: SHMP)
is a publicly-traded agro-tech company headquartered in Dallas that has developed the first commercially viable system for growing shrimp and other seafood indoors with their patented proprietary technology. NS produces fresh (never frozen), gourmet/sushi-grade shrimp without the use of antibiotics, probiotics, or toxic chemicals. Company and Technology Summary:
NaturalShrimp set out with one explicit goal in mind; to raise shrimp WITHOUT the use of ANY chemicals, antibiotics in a clean, sanitary, completely organic aqua-farming environment comprised of indoor recirculating sea-water tanks where their location is dependent upon consumer locale rather than any dependency upon coastal regions or even the ocean itself.
Through the use of their patented “electro-coagulation” (EC) technology, an electrical current is generated in the water and the susceptibility of bacteria and viruses to this electro-disinfectant mechanism results in approximately 99% of all pathogens to be eliminated; therefore, this physical nature and effect of electricity provide the means by which a clean, completely organic environment is maintained. Electrocoagulation is not a new concept, however, to address both essential and critical factors responsible for the demise of most aqua-farming crops; bacterial, viral infection and or the increase in ammonia levels as a result of the waste build-up from shrimp crops; the latter is the arch-nemesis and far more difficult to manage.
However, the use of EC also confers the other essential benefit by liberating the chlorine molecules in the NACL or salt compound of the seawater that in turn combines with the nitrate compounds building up as a result of increasing shrimp waste levels; the newly formed solid aggregates (Chloramine, NH2CL) are formed that can be readily filtered from the seawater and therefore effectively controlling ammonia levels in the tank environment. Where does our shrimp come from today?
Are there certain products you wouldn’t consider buying if they were from China, Vietnam, Indonesia, Thailand, or India? I know I wouldn’t buy my kid’s baby food or my medications from there and I’d certainly never buy seafood from these places. So, why are we?!
An analysis was conducted covering a decade of records from the FDA related to imports, inspections and rejection data from 2006 to 2015. The analysis revealed only 6 % of the total seafood market is domestic whereas 94% comes from imports outside the US and only 2% of these imports are inspected and from this minuscule sampling; only 1 in 9 imports are rejected.
However, from these rare inspections, since 2001, the FDA has detected the use of banned veterinary antibiotic residues on the shrimp crops sampled with unacceptable levels of chloramphenicol and nitrofuran antibiotics imported from China, Vietnam, Indonesia, Thailand and India. These antibiotics remain banned and illegal due to the carcinogenic nature of nitrofurans and chloramphenicol use associated with the onset of aplastic anemia. Yet these same banned drug residues still find their way onto American dinner tables merely by overwhelming an already sporadic and ineffective inspection system mediated by the FDA. The danger of tainted shrimp crops is twofold; the bacteria organisms that survive the chronic overuse of antibiotics develop immunity to more and more of the antibiotics used and are elevated to the status of “Superbugs” and the drugs themselves, particularly pesticides can cause neurological, respiratory, organ system damage with prolonged exposure. In the article “Shrimp containing antibiotic-resistant bacteria found in Canadian grocery stores
”; the “Marketplace” periodical cited “17 percent” of the sampled shrimp (9 of 51 shrimp sampled) and tested by the University of Saskatchewan revealed strains of E.coli and Staph Aureus that showed resistance to at least one antibiotic and all but one of the shrimp were resistant to multiple drugs “meaning they have the potential to cause hard-to-treat infections – so called superbugs that antibiotics may not be able to kill”. Why Aquafarming?
The shift from wild-caught to farm-raised seafood where the production of the Aquafarming industry has grown dramatically from 50 million tons (in 1970) annually to over 150 million tons speaks to the necessity to provide environmental relief to land-based farming and the over-fishing of wild-caught species where nearly 90% of the world’s marine fish stocks are categorized as either fully fished to overexploited.
While seafood comprises 17% of the animal protein consumed in the world, it is estimated 200 million jobs are either directly or indirectly connected to the fisheries sector making fish one of the most traded food commodities worldwide and therefore generates more income than most other food commodities combined.
For some of the biggest seafood species and markets like North Atlantic salmon; over half of the salmon consumed annually comes from the Aqua-farming industry. The largest seafood industry continues to be shrimp, however, where worldwide, the consumption of shrimp amounts to nearly 5 billion pounds per year. The estimates for this year’s shrimp consumption are set for 1 billion pounds for the US alone. We will never be able to meet the world or even national seafood demand. Why is NaturalShrimp different?
The NS solution chose to simulate the ideal natural environment of shrimp in their natural habitats where water quality is high and where bacterial and viral infections are not a critical deterrent to healthy cultivation because the entire cascade of out of control oxidation, waste build-up and poor water quality that leads to bacterial and viral infections is eliminated altogether and the focus then becomes how to MAINTAIN the optimal environment rather than a risk mitigation approach.
This is an altogether DIFFERENT patented solution that did warrant the 18 years of research in order to arrive at a more quantitative, specific and effective technological breakthrough and solution that can in effect maintain optimum conditions within recirculating tank environments albeit a completely clean, organic and healthy methodology for the shrimp organisms and ultimately for us; the consumers. Conclusion
To understand the essential differences between all of the most innovative models is to appreciate how actually groundbreaking this NS technology is and why such a patented solution that is currently being tested across MANY seafood species (barramundi, salmon, clams, crab, lobster) is poised to become a historical marker and industry disruptor for the seafood industry.
Can you imagine sitting in the middle of the country, hours away from an airport with the ability to eat freshly harvested king crab legs?! That’s the future in which SHMP is leading the charge. If you believe in socially and environmentally responsible companies (BYND, TSLA, etc) that will disrupt the future with their technology and products, SHMP is a company you be watching. It is simply where the world is heading and the world millennials and future generations want to live in. Always fresh, never frozen, always natural - no antibiotics or chemicals introduced.
Similar to Tesla, there are many applications outside of their core focus in seafood, such as use in both residential and commercial aquariums and pools (multi-billion dollar industries). This is a billion-dollar licensing of their technology opportunity and I can assure you the SHMP team has this on their radar.
Now, after nearly 20 years of R&D, they’re on their final step to commercial production and massive revenue streams. They’ve stayed pretty quiet and have been flying under the radar until more recently from a publicity standpoint as they prepare to launch into their production phase and uplist to the Nasdaq. I’d encourage you to check out their recent filings and press releases in comparison to previous years (see link below). It is very obvious they’ve hired the appropriate resources to start marketing, selling, and propelling SHMP to the next level.
Once more institutional investors gain access (most can’t hold OTC assets) and SHMP gains more exposure, the stock should rise steadily. That run should continue and start spiking as that revenue switch gets flipped on in 2021. Barring massive market instability, SHMP shareholders would see massive gains and I truly believe the next few weeks and by the end of November will be the last time you will see prices under .25. By 2022, this could easily be $5-10+ if not considerably more.
This isn’t that far off from what Beyond Meat did to get started and is doing. Look at their massive market cap of almost $10B with a net revenue of only $297M in 2019 and $87M in 2018. SHMP could easily see that level of net revenue over the next few years, as their Iowa facility alone is forecasting $8-10M in net revenue.
With their Texas facility up and running already, the major expansion plans (see diagram below), and massive opportunities to license their technology (it has been indicated there are several opportunities to do so), they’ll easily hit the $100M mark and see similar trends from a market cap standpoint to BYND. Thus, rewarding shareholders with an innovative, socially responsible technology and massive gains for early shareholders. Fun Facts:
- (9/16/20) CFO presented at the HC Wainwright Investor Conference
- Announced SHMP will be “very profitable” next year as they move into the production phase of their rollout.
- 60-65% margins (this is HUGE)
- The cost to grow out shrimp are $6/pound
- The Webster City, Iowa location alone will be producing 15-20k pounds of shrimp per week (270k sq. ft., 240 - 10k gallon tanks, all equipment is new)
- Full production by late Octobeearly November 2020
- Distributing the shrimp fresh, never frozen and always natural
- 90% of the shrimp market is frozen
- As soon as wild shrimp are caught they are dipped in sodium triphosphate and then flash frozen. Sodium triphosphate is a preservative for seafood, meats, poultry, and animal feeds. In foods, STPP is used as an emulsifier and to retain moisture. Many governments regulate the quantities allowed in foods, as it can substantially increase the sale weight of seafood in particular. (per Wikipedia)
- With EC tech, SHMP can raise 4x the density of shrimp compared to biofloc systems in that same cubic yard (much more economical which allows them to be profitable)
- Biofloc isn’t scalable (profitable) but does work, however, it is more suited for selling shrimp at a farmers market
- Current commercial biofloc systems are not profitable and will not be profitable without the use of the NS EC technology (many are already calling SHMP)
- Anticipating 2-3 species to be raised in 2021, scaling to more species from there
- Many discussions and requests to expand the use of this technology into China for crayfish
- Very successful in their phase 1 trial to cure amoebic gill disease in salmon. Responded within 3 minutes of being exposed to the technology
- Shrimp larvae are bought from 1 of the 2 growers in the nation but there is work being done internally to build and produce their own shrimp larvae
- In 2019, after being assured they were healthy, SHMP unknowingly bought and started growing larvae that were infected with the viral shrimp disease Infectious Hypodermal and Haematopoietic Necrosis Virus (IHHNV) which resulted in the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department quarantining the facility
- Announced joint venture in California and Florida that are “both well on their way” - more to come (this could be the licensing of technology play many shareholders are hopeful for)
- SHMP has an amazingly transparent and open team that readily accepts and acts on feedback, answers questions, and proactively updates shareholders on a regular basis (check out their Facebook group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/1158050257692447/about)
- Their business model allows them to grow fresh shrimp in warehouses in major cities, allowing for a farm to table strategy to provide the freshest, healthiest shrimp possible to restaurants and grocery stores
- No deveining required - Their technology, process, and regional site business model allow them to stop feeding the shrimp 3 or so days before harvesting so that all waste is expelled from the shrimp at the time of harvest and therefore not requiring you to devein the shrimp
- $SHMP applied to be uplisted to the Nasdaq on 8/19/20 (this process usually takes 4-6 weeks so their assumed approval should be announced very soon). - https://finance.yahoo.com/news/naturalshrimp-submits-application-nasdaq-capital-113000886.html
- When this approval happens, they’ll have access to institutional investors with large wallets and the stock price should jump accordingly.
- 3 institutional investors took positions in June (combined these institutions are managing 10’s of billions of dollars in assets) - https://www.nasdaq.com/market-activity/stocks/shmp/institutional-holdings
- SHMP Head Chef, Douwe Iedema, showcasing the massive shrimp at the Texas Restaurant Association Tradeshow in 2019
- Expansion plans - https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgadata/1465470/000165495420010146/shmp_ex991.htm
this is not investment advice and I’m not an investment advisor.
submitted by WildBill19
to StockMarket [link] [comments]
2020.09.17 13:02 closeprotections Close Protection London Close Protection Services London
– is a concept that has been known for ages – it has been with us since early days of humankind and now its condition is more than satisfactory. Since time immemorial, people have tried to protect their wealth, assets, as well as their own health, life, and welfare. By means of the transfer of gathered goods, wealthy individuals have been paying other parties to protect them, their families, and possessions from others. As a general rule, young, notably strong, and grim-looking individuals have been considered perfectly suitable for such a job. The idea behind such a choice has been to scare away a potential adversary by taking advantage of the very looks of the guard. The aforementioned state of affairs has been observed for the consecutive ages. Wealthy landowners and kings created their own trusted guards (in ancient times and during the medieval age, those were troops designated to protect the authorities; later on, they were transformed into elite soldiers). Aside from serving representative and managerial purposes, such individuals were required to take care of their master and his beloved ones. In the 11th century England, during the Battle of Hastings, King Harold assembled a group of troops to protect his life and widely understood health condition. One may consider them to be the ancestors of modern bodyguards. As both civilization and society progressed, there were an increasing number of various organizations and people. Therefore, the risk of attack was significantly higher. Numerous authorities attempted to discourage potential aggressors from committing a crime by introducing severe forms of punishment. It must be noted, however, that there was still the question if it was enough to protect high authorities and the wealthy from the effects of outside attacks. The protection-oriented market has been developing to be – at some point – dominated by professional soldiers. The said progression has made it possible for police officers to investigate and deal with common, less dangerous crimes only. Together with technical revolution and the increasing social awareness, the number of citizens not satisfied with the current order skyrockets. It is likely to cause radical groups aiming at the change of the existing ruling paradigm to occur. This in turn may lead to anarchy and the increase in people willing to put their antisocial theories and plans into effect. The latter may start from sabotaging the work of others and demolishing valuable devices, but it may also end up in killings. If such a thing happens, one may openly talk about terrorism. The unusual social situation boosts the demand for personal protection. Both the army and police focus on securing the wellbeing of those of high position in the country. The rest of the threatened society must protect itself. The demand identified above has given rise to a new profession – a security guard. In the past, it was performed in a more or less organized fashion and that is why the effectiveness of arising task achievement varied. The attempt on Tsar’s Alexander the Second life on 1st March 1881 is a perfect exemplification of the formulated thesis. The ruler in question was attacked by the members of Narodnaya Volya at 2:15 P.M. A bomb was thrown under the carriage, but its explosion did not harm either the tsar or the horses. Alexander the Second, together with his companion including secret police representatives, started to assess damages. It was a mistake. At 2:20 P.M, yet another bomb was detonated. Its accuracy was notably higher as it managed to severely injure the tsar. He died relatively quickly, even with professional care he was under. At this point, it must be indicated that the demand for close protection increases. However, the perception of it is in a significant number of cases rather faulty, leading to pitiful outcomes. As it was hundreds of years earlier, modern people tend to hire grim musclemen to protect them, disregarding the fact that their intellectual level and possessed knowledge are negligible. Formerly, a test had to be passed in order for a person to be considered a bodyguard. Unfortunately, it does not hold true anymore. On numerous occasions, we can observe security guards stylized to look like stats of action movies, with the lack of intelligence written all over their faces. To give them justice, such people may also perform exceptionally well – up to the time they encounter a real attack. Unprofessional guards may be employed to protect rock stars or boxers. Real bodyguards of today are, however, highly skilled and motivated. They are trained to prevent rather than to counteract, as it may be too late in the latter case. Such people are capable of estimating potential risk and juxtaposing it with the resources at their disposal that may minimize it. Modern security guards are physically active, as well as skilled in giving first aid and driving a car defensively. They can fight without using any weapon – especially by taking advantage of psychology and persuasion. Such people are proficient in at least two languages and are characterized by an above-average intelligence level. The described model of a security guard is perfectly suited to current conditions and the needs of individuals hiring them.
VIP close protection over the world – organizations specializing in personal protection. One of the most famous and at the same time – the oldest organized bodies dealing with close protection was created in the 19th century. It was the American United States Secret Service. The USSS was created in 1865 as the US Treasury Law Enforcement Agency. Secret Service is the oldest national agency focusing entirely on investigations. Initially, their only task was to protect the economic structure of the country by means of preventing governmental cheques and bonds from being counterfeited. The mission was followed up to 1901, when president William McKinley was attacked in Buffalo (NY state). The assault resulted in appointing the Secret Service by the US Congress to protect the newly elected president, Theodore Roosevelt. In 1906, the Congress finally adopted the act on the responsibility of the Secret Service for the safety of the White House. Since 1950, the protection has been extended from presidents and first ladies only to vice-presidents as well. Before the murder of John F. Kennedy in 1963 and senator Robert F. Kennedy in 1968, the Secret Service had been a relatively small organization, employing as many as 284 agents. The discussed events translated directly into its rapid development. Currently, it is stated that over 5000 employees work for the Secret Service. Separate branches of the organization are located all over the United States, in Puerto Rico, and in other places all over the world (Paris, Lyon, London, Bonn, Rome, Milano, Hong Kong, Montreal, Lefkosa, Bogota, and Manila). The representatives of the organization are both secret agents (serving protection and investigation-related roles), as well as uniformed units responsible for the safety of the White House and diplomatic outposts. They maintain law and order by means of the network of both foot and motorized patrols, as well as of fixed posts. Such people also support other branches of the Secret Service. A wide scope of professional is also employed therein – those are electronics, engineers, communication experts, protection-related professionals, and IT workers. The Secret Service protects the president with his family, vice-president, elected vice-president, candidates for the said posts (from the 120th day before the elections onwards), former president, his children up to 16, as well as heads of other states staying in the USA in order to realize international missions. The unit of the Secret Service liable for taking care about the safety of the president in the White House fulfills its duties in identical uniforms. Due to the said fact, the Secret Service is sometimes referred to as the Uniformed Division. Its tasks also include the protection of president’s mansions, diplomatic outposts in Washington, and places alike located within the borders of the USA.
Another known formation is the Swiss Guard (Latin: Cohors Helvetica) which was for the very first time gathered on 22nd January 1506 by the then pope – Julius II. Its major aim was to protect the spiritual successor of Saint Peter and his palace. The pope wanted to grant himself protection from the enemies and avoid a political murder. In 1512, the Guard secured Vatican against French soldiers. The Defendants of the Church, as the representatives of the discussed formation were also called, had to face the biggest trail while taking care of pope Clemens VII during the invasion of Roman emperor, Charles V. The boldness, discipline, and resourcefulness of the representatives of the Guard made it possible to save the life of the pope, even though about 600 bold men died in the process. To commemorate the event, a solemn vow of the newly appointed guards takes place every year on 6th May. Each of the Swiss guards-to-be holds a banner in his left hand and raises his right hand with the thumb and two other fingers in an upright position (it is the symbol of the Holy Trinity). Then, the new soldiers promise to protect the pope and – to die in his defense if necessary. The representatives of the Swiss Guard are chosen from men between the age of 19 and 25 living in one of Swiss cantons (basing on contracts with Zurich and Lucerne). Each of them has to be at least 174 cm (5 feet and a half inch) tall and be an unmarried practicing Catholic (according to a special letter issued by the local bishop). Candidates for the service are properly trained, including teaching them how to use firearms, side arms, as well as how to defend themselves and establish proper contacts with other people. One of the items of the list is the proper usage of halberd. Currently, the number of soldiers in the Guard is estimated to circulate around 120, including officers, junior, and senior soldiers. They serve in the formation from two to twenty-five years. It must be also indicated at this point that officers and senior sergeants may be granted by the pope the right to enter into a holy matrimony. Aside from their characteristic outfit, soldiers are additionally equipped with halberds and Renaissance swords – those are the symbols of formation’s tradition. Nowadays, they are also fitted with firearms, tear gas, and excellent communication-oriented devices. With its almost five hundred years of heritage, the Swiss Guard is one of the oldest active defense-oriented groups in the world. One may assume that it will last until Switzerland and the Catholic Church exist.
Yet another example of a close protection-focused formation is the Cedrug Order, the major task of which is to take care about the ruler of Tibet – Dalai Lama. It comprises of national spiritual authorities who organized themselves in a form of an order. Thanks to strict upbringing, their physical strength is much higher than the one of secular officials. Therefore, the former are the most trusted soldiers caring about the safety of the leader of the nation. Cedurg School is located in the left wing of Potala – the palace of Dalai Lama, which is in turn situated in the Holy City of Lhasa (eastern Tibet, Kyitsu river valley). Every Tibet citizen is allowed to enroll to the school, but only chosen ones are granted the privilege to join the Order. For several hundred years, there have been a limited number of monks allowed, namely – 175. Only selected candidates have been worthy enough to defend the powerful Dalai Lama. Those are especially bold, tall, and muscular men. The representatives of the Order earned their name in 1959, when they protected the king of Tibet against Chinese adversaries.
One of the biggest organizations in the world established to consociate and train bodyguards is the International Bodyguard Association (IBA). The IBA was established in 1957 in Paris by major Lucien Victor Ott. Major Ott had been closely connected to the French Foreign Legion in Algeria since his early childhood. He had been born and raised in the said country. In 1947, he joined the French Special Forces and took part in France-Indochina war. Furthermore, he was the participant of the battle of Dien-Bien Phu that ended with the defeat of the French forces. He was being injured and captured by Vietminh. After a bold escape, he decided to join forces with the French Military Intelligence (Deuxieme Bureau). Major Lucien Ott got famous due to, inter alia, perfect securing of president Charles de Gaulle against the OAS terrorist organization. Thanks to him, 30 prepared attacks were foiled, 11 of which were aimed directly at the head of the state. After the death of the creator of a modern bodyguard profile, major Ott, one of his students – James G. Shortt took care of the management of the IBA. As a young man, he had joined a cadet school. Later on, he had become landing operation troops officer and a member of the elite SAS (Special Air Service) unit. Moreover, during his service, he also taught soldiers in Afghanistan the art of Mujahedeen war. Currently, he teaches security guards, police officers, and soldiers all over the world in the IBA branches. The main aim of the organization is to properly prepare bodyguards-to-be to properly perform their duties. It is not an entity employing such individuals, but those who have presented exceptional skills may become members of royal, diplomatic, or personal guards recommended by the IBA. Coaches being the representatives of the organization trained bodyguards in Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania, as well as helped during the Baltic Crisis between 1989 and 1991. The qualifications of the International Bodyguard Association are exceptional, international, and backed by the documentation concerning the organization of training sessions for the military, governmental authorities, police, and private bodyguards all over the world. Such undertakings have been continuously performed since 1957. The IBA also operates and trains willing individuals in Poland. Its branch was established in the said country in 1992. The basic training offered to candidates includes 60 hours of comprehensive preparation divided into six consecutive days. After its completion, the candidates are required to undergo the so-called refresher once a year. It is one of the conditions of the membership in the IBA.
Another training organization worth mentioning is the ESI - Executive Security International. It must be highlighted that it is one of the biggest and most appreciated American companies oriented towards training personal protection guards. Its second name is as follows: Bodyguard Training Academy for Executive, Dignitary and Celebrity Protection. The ESI was formed at the beginning of the 80s by Bob Duggan – martial arts expert and master in Hwarang Do. Its creation had been preceded by the establishment of the very first bodyguard training program by the Martial Arts Academy in Aspen, Colorado. The ESI, being one of the USA’s private schools, offers its students over 2000 hours of education with regard to protection, investigation, data gathering, company and individual security, etc. The training unit of the organization is situated high up in the mountains and is run by skilled professionals. Fun fact – film writer, Tracy Keenan Wynn, cooperates with the ESI. His preeminent task has been to create scenarios of situational exercises. While writing them, the said individual takes advantage of real life situations and attacks, such as assaults on Aldo Moro, John Paul the Second, kidnapping of Hans Martin Schleyer by the RAF (Red Army Faction), and scenarios alike. The ESI collaborates with corporations operating in the close protection branch of industry, as well as with the police and military. The organized training sessions are top secret. No journalists are allowed to enter the Aspen unit. Due to the fact that the ESI is a private school, it may provide professional training to civil, police-related, and military institutions all over the world.
The citizens of Israel have never had the chance to feel safe in their country. The issue of safety has been always treated seriously there. Aside from a constant Israel-Arab world conflict threat, the Israelis have been the subjects of terrorist attracts, both within the borders of their country and outside it. Jews and Americans are most frequent victims of operations organized by highly skilled terrorist groups. Taking into account the impact the Russian mafia has on Israel, the amount of care put on widely understood safety is fully justified. The Israeli Special Forces protect their citizens by means of intelligence and security-oriented undertakings. They host training sessions in various organizations preparing bodyguards, providing the adepts with the experience gained during the service. Most famous units of the said kind in Israel are undoubtedly the ISA - International Security Academy and the ISS - International Security School.
ISA is an international organization established and managed by former leaders, police instructors, and special service members. The very first unit of the ISA was formed in Latvia as a training and advising agency for both governmental and private security guards belonging to the Baltic States and the countries of the former USSR. The fact that the ISA is not exclusively Israeli in character is proved by the figure of the organization chairman, major Urlich Wegener – the creator and very first leader of German Border Control Service called GSG 9. The team of instructors and coaches also has international roots. The credo of the organization is that the preparation of the individuals for the proper protection of others is the key. Such people have to be offered highest quality training, extensive knowledge, and practical background. The ISS training programs are based predominantly on the experiences gained in Israel and in other countries, as well as while training people for the purpose of protecting VIPs over the world. Individuals, governmental authorities, and large-size corporations have been taking advantage of the services provided by the ISA/ISS.
At the moment, civil bodyguards are also involved in close protection
. The safety of the individuals hiring them, as well as their possessions depends highly on the qualifications of the former. Quite frequently, those are former policemen, soldiers, or special force members. However, a number of inexperienced adepts would like to start their adventure with personal protection as well. Are they bound to fail in their attempts? It is not always so. The most crucial component affecting the effectiveness of the training is one’s psychological preparation. It is a commonly known fact that it is exceptional in former police officers and troops. However, it is a common belief that one can be trained how to perform the job of a bodyguard, just as it is possible to teach a person how to shoot or be properly engaged in melee combat. It all depends on one’s motivation and willingness to achieve success in the industry. Regulations to date limit the training process of a security guard to the moment of being awarded with a license. In order to perform his tasks properly, such a person has to constantly improve his skills and qualifications.
Phenomena connected with the need of utilization of close protection techniques – Terrorism/Terrorist. It goes without saying that terrorism is one of the biggest threats of today’s world. While analyzing the severity of attacks and their scale, one should not doubt that VIPs should be at all possible occasions protected against the aforementioned forms of assault. In order to assess the threat a given problem pose, its specificity must be identified at first. The notion of „terrorism” was for the first time in history used during the Conference of the International Criminal Law Association in Brussels, in 1930. To date, there have been approximately 200 various definitions of the phenomenon in question. While trying to grasp its characteristic features, one will face a number of limitations and difficulties. One of statements of historian Walter Laqueur has to be touched upon here. While asked why he has been avoiding formulating an unequivocal definition of terrorism, he replied: „For 50 or so years, people are constantly trying to understand the idea behind terrorism. It is a phenomenon having different forms, depending on its place of origin and epoch. How can one find common ground between Russian revolutionists from the end of the 19th century and Al-Qaida anarchists?
Terrorism is mainly based on the utilization of force or threat in order to achieve political or ideological goals. It is hard to say something beyond that. Terrorism is like pornography – it escapes logical classification, but if one sees it – then it becomes apparent.” It is hard to argue with the statement, as it perfectly shows the complexity of the phenomenon in question. For the purpose of this publication, a strict definition of terrorism is not needed. All that is required is the utterance formulated by Walter Laqueur stating that terrorism can be most fully perceived through its manifestations. Terrorist acts are undoubtedly illegal, as they are based on kidnapping people and forcedly taking control over means of communication, economic sabotage, attacks, robberies, demanding ransom to finance organization’s own activity, posing threat to life, health, and freedom of authorities, and kidnapping people from outside the area in order to gain publicity (especially journalists, priests, voluntary workers). One may also indicate the usage of explosives and firearms in public areas and poisoning certain spots by means of radioactive materials and chemicals. Longin Tadeusz Szmidt additionally pointed out that terrorism has always been strictly connected with crafty and hard to identify methods of killing the leaders of nations. While describing the phenomenon of terrorism as a threat for the protected person, one should also point out and indicate its sources. The following are enumerated: - social and economic sources that are directly connected to economic crises, social tensions, social and national discrimination, as well as with the perception of dissonance between the factual reality and the one presented by the media; - historical and political sources. They have their beginning in severe social reactions, demanding full democratization and respecting human rights; - sociological sources that may be related to the atmosphere typical for a given country or the so-called spirit of violence; - psychological sources stating that a significant part of terrorists is highly mentally unstable which is additionally combined with the overly high self-esteem. When it comes to the area of attack, the following are proposed by the experts: - land terrorism (the major threat area for VIPs and the key one for security guards), - air terrorism (personal protection is then entrusted to the authorities managing planes, airports, etc.), and – maritime terrorism (tasks and responsibilities are then similar to air attacks). While taking into account the type of terroristic activities, one may distinguish: bombing-based, nuclear, biological, chemical, technical, cybernetic (attacks on IT networks), and narcotic-oriented (narcotic cartels undertakings) terrorism. The highest threat for VIPs is undoubtedly the first type, namely – bombing-based one. Close protection-oriented undertakings should therefore incorporate the knowledge on paradigms effective during a bomb attack. They will be discussed in further sections of this publication. It is exceptionally difficult to argue with the thesis that we must be protected against terrorism. The same applies to VIPs. The importance of the latter is also worth discussing, as the threat is much higher when a top authority is attacked than when the assault poses threat to a pop star or a wealthy businessman. However, it does not limit the necessity to analyze and counteract terroristic attack threat. It may directly impact the safety of the person a given security guard is responsible for.
Crime is also one of the issues that may endanger protected VIPs. Up to the beginning of the 80s, Poland had been considered to be one of the safest countries in Europe. Law enforcement bodies had been numerous and properly financed there, and crime forecasting, prevention, and penalizing schemes had met all the European standards. However, at the end of the discussed period, the myth of threat-free Poland started to crumble. The effects of crime fighting scene were becoming gradually more negligible. The said state of affairs was predominantly caused by the decreasing trust in law enforcing organizations, as well as by the rapid increase in crimes committed by the citizens. Another important aspect that must be taken into account were economic and political changes taking place in 1989,the liberalization of economic activity, and the emergence of free market. Some individuals possessed unimaginable riches, whereas others were exceptionally poor. In order to survive till the next day, the latter searched for the answer in crimes, leading to the occurrence of the phenomenon commonly known as organized crime. According to official data from 2001, within the borders of Poland, there were over 400 organized crime groups consociating approximately 45 thousand people. They were generating profits by means of goods smuggling, selling stolen cars, producing and marketing narcotics, counterfeiting national currency, commuting bank frauds, selling firearms, and – what is of exceptional importance from the point of view of VIPs – demanding ransom. Criminals induce fear in the society, especially due to using terror and blackmailing. They do not hesitate to kidnap others or kill them. Such individuals resort to brutal treatment, such as beating, torturing, drowning, etc. All those factors combined directly translate into wealthy representatives of the society feeling threatened. What is more, criminals frequently tend to attack the family of a VIP as well, in order to convince him to perform a given action. Therefore, children, wife, and beloved ones of such an individual must be highly protected.
Popularity/Fame –The threat of attack may be in some cases linked to the popularity of a given human being. When a VIP is in isolation, then he may only receive unwanted phone calls or be nagged by photographers. The problem arises when he has to leave his place of permanent residence or workplace, as well as when he is in a publically accessible place. Danger may still be low, but the inquisitiveness of journalist may quickly become overwhelming. Fans or supporters of a given sportsman or artist may cause havoc in order to touch their idol or get hold of any item belonging to him or her. Of course, there is also the risk of serious injuries or even death (let us take John Lennon as an example) – it cannot be neglected. That is why famous and popular individuals should by all means care about their safety. The matter also concerns politicians who are widely recognizable and controversial. In politics, there are no limitations. Opponents may even resort to killing a representative of the other side to impose his or her right on others. Elected politicians tend to have close protection, but care should be additionally exercised to care about those running in elections. Such VIPs may be ridiculed by the crowd or the opposition (by throwing eggs or pouring water over the candidate), leading to the end of their political career. The role of security guards should in the aforementioned cases not be limited to physical protection only. They must also keep information about VIP’s family, realized projects, and operation profile confidential. The image of a famous person highly depends on the bodyguards being in his immediate surroundings. The manner of their operation, professionalism, and knowledge are top priorities there.
Attack on person – By definition, attack on person is the attempt to kill someone, steal his or her possessions, as well as to kidnap him or her. The criminal action in question has a long history, as assaults have been made throughout the consecutive ages. Their goal has been to achieve a political, economic, or cultural aim. Attacks on person may lead to tremendous changes in the society, which is perfectly depicted by the killing of John Kennedy and Icchak Rabin. In the majority of cases, however, such an attack does not have significantly far-reaching consequences. In order to be effective, bodyguards must answer themselves the following questions – why do criminals attack? How do they attack? How may the assault look like? Therefore, it is highly advised to specify the motif, methods utilized, and consecutive stages of one and every attack on person. Taking into account motifs, one must bear in mind that all the assaults have their agenda. No attack is made voluntarily, without forethought. In the following sections, most common causes of the aforementioned activity are going to be enumerated:
Revolutionary or political ones – organized groups (frequently consisting of fanatics) attack others in order to force the society to change the existing system or overthrow the current government (in the attempt to choose a new one). Their victims are often the authorities ruling the country. The attackers, who follow their revolutionary or political agenda, try to win the sympathy of other representatives of the society. Long before the planned attack itself, they distribute leaflets blaming current rulers for the widespread injustice. According to their belief, the elimination of the elites in power would bring positive outcomes for the whole country. Such an action was performed in Armenia in 1999, where members of the government were shot dead during one of their meetings. The terrorists informed that their death would improve the national situation.
Economic – terrorists claim that their potential victim is responsible for the poor economic condition of the country, company, or a group of people. In the majority of cases, economic attacks take place in countries where there are extreme disproportions between the wealthy and the poor. It must be taken into consideration, however that it is not always the case, as the assessment of the attackers tend to be highly subjective. Quite frequently, the cause of the assault is the personal conviction that the unsatisfying economic condition of the terrorist is the result of actions performed by the victim. It pushes the attacker into thinking that killing him would aid the situation.
Personal – In this case, the wrongdoers are motivated to make an attack due to jealousy, vengeance or other personal causes. Those people in many cases have notable personality disorders, manifesting themselves especially in the inability to control their behavior. The aforementioned state also leads to the failure to distinguish reality from fiction. A perfect exemplification of the motif in question is shooting Zuzanna Leśniak and an artist – Andrzej Zaucha by Yves Goulais in 1991. The trigger there was jealousy.
Ideological – The terrorist is convinced that the victim chosen by him has been threatening the values and principles followed by the attacker. The said rules are often of significant importance for both the group he belongs to and for himself personally. Ideological attacks on a person may be religious or social in character. The first case is oriented towards killing a religious person in the attempt to make it impossible for him to achieve his goals. The second scenario relates to the willingness to eliminate the leader of a given social group. Quite frequently, the additional agenda is to make the organization the terrorist is a part of more memorable and popular in the media. Free publicity is an additional benefit then.
Psychological – The most commonplace group of attacks. Modern psychology claims that every person using firearms, stabbing others with a knife, or taking advantage of explosives has been struggling with mental problems. The motif is of negligible importance, as the attacker may justify his actions with revolutionary, economic, or personal goals, but the fact is that the driving force is the inability to perceive the world correctly. The assassination of Bill Clinton in 1994 illustrates the above bluntly. Francisco Martin Duran stated that he had attacked Clinton to destroy the mist connecting him to an alien entity. Apparently, Duran wanted to eliminate the mist in order to save the world. Attacks considered as crimes may be triggered by a myriad of factors. Among them,there are: - clashes between the representatives of a crime organization, willingness to demonstrate one’s power or threat the victim (attempt to force the latter to pay ransom or forget about debts), - desire to kill suspects that may endanger one’s business, - attempt to exert pressure on certain individuals or to threaten them for their professional achievements (relates to, inter alia, attorneys and tax collectors).
Attack methods to be considered by security guards. Close range attack. It may be performed by means of utilization of: - firearms, - melee weapon (knife, bayonet, dagger), - chemical substance (for example: toxic substance, such as hydrochloric acid). There are no exceptional skills needed to successfully attack a person, as almost everybody can use a knife or a dagger to a satisfactory extent. The same goes with firearms, the utilization of which is as difficult as driving a car. The aforementioned types of weapons can be transported to the place of the assault with ease. The characteristic feature of this attack type is the fact that the wrongdoer is situated maximally several centimeters away from the victim. The difficulty here is directly connected with the inability to improvise the act. It must be preceded by a prolonged observation of the subject, learning his or her customs, daily routine, places he or she visits, and the protection type he or she uses. Only after drawing proper conclusions from the examination, can the terrorist attack the victim. Marek Papała, a police commissioner, was killed due to a close range attack in 1998, Warsaw.
Long-range attack – in this case firearms are often used, especially rifles and carbines. It is not an uncommon situation to learn about an attacker who has used a sniper rifle fitted with professional laser and optical aiming devices. The distance between the wrongdoer and the subject of the attack is commonly higher than 5 meters. The former must also be much more skilled than a close range attacker, as he has to be capable of utilizing a professional gun in an effective manner. The death of John Kennedy in Dallas on 22nd November 1963 was the result of the attack form in question. Lee Harvey Oswald, who was a former marine soldier, shot his subject from a storage located several meters away from president’s cavalcade. To perform the act, he used Mannlicher-Carcano, cal. 6.5 mm rifle. The proficiency of the attacker was proven by the fact that he fired three shots and only one of them missed the target.
Attack with explosives – it requires notable skills, for the wrongdoers has to build a bomb before performing the attack. He must also know how and where to plant the explosive, how to situate the fuse inside and where to detonate it. Such a person also has to be familiar with the effects of explosion. Assault on Margaret Thatcher on 12th October 1984 showed how patient and clever can an attacker taking advantage of explosives be. Patrick Magee, a member of Irish Republican Army, moved into the hotel where the British prime minister was expected to stay 24 days before the said fact. Every single day, he worked meticulously destroying the wall and placing a 50-kilogram explosive inside the hole. The bomb was then fitted with a timer. It exploded when Miss Thatcher was considered to wash herself in the bathroom – the attacker was perfectly acquainted with her customs. She would have died if she had not received a document to be read. The explosive was detonated five floors above the bathroom located in the apartment of the „Iron Lady”. Six other people died as a result, but the suspect managed to avoid the clever assassination.
If you are looking to hire close protection in London
do not wait and contact us immiedletly for professional bodyguard services in London.
submitted by closeprotections
to u/closeprotections [link] [comments]
2020.09.16 13:17 gradschoolMD I am a 22 year old full-time graduate student making about $17,000/year from my three part-time jobs
EDIT: forgot my location in the title, I’m in upstate NY
If I were to write an R29-style header for this, I would say "Today: a 22 year old graduate student who makes $17,000/year and spends some of her money this week on bagels and laundry". I submitted a Money Diary this past March so I guess this is technically a follow-up, but my life looks very different now so I'd really consider them entirely separate.
- Age: 22
- Jobs: I’m a full time master’s student, meaning I'm in class 18 hours per week and doing homework for probably another 10 hours. I work about 25-35 (somewhat variable depending on the week) hours as a teaching assistant in my department, graduate research assistant at a center on campus, and COVID-19 test center staff.
- Salary: Right now I think of my salary in school yeasummer terms. I only made $1,500 this past summer through school-funded grants since I had two unpaid internships (rip). My school year salary depends on the hours I work, but I’m expecting around $17,000 for 2020-2021, which includes hours at a part-time job I pick up at home over school breaks. The breakdown is $15/hour at the COVID center job and $18/hour for my TA and RA jobs.
- Net Worth: Since I have zero investments, zero debt, and don't own property, I'm assuming this would just be the balance of my checking account- so right now about $4,000.
- Yearly Tuition Cost: Around $39,000 per year for tuition + fees. I don't pay this much since I have a scholarship.
- Student Loans Total: None as of now, depending on how many hours I get at work for the fall and how well I'm able to restrict my spending I’m anticipating needing about $10,000 for the Spring 2021 semester.
- Scholarship: $8,000 per semester, $24,000 total for my grad degree. This comes out to just over 1/3 tuition every year.
- Pronouns: She/hehers
- Rent: $1,300. This is my major non-tuition expense, and is unfortunately market rate for a shitty-to-mediocre 1B/1B apartment in the area surrounding my university. I signed my lease right before COVID hit and was regretting it because of the cost, but now knowing that I have my own private space away from people who might not be taking the pandemic as seriously makes me feel a bit better about spending so much.
- Utilities: $0. Everything is included in my rent, thank god.
- Parking: $95. Technically this is what I’m supposed to be paying, I’ve paid nothing so far and I’m not gonna be the one to start that conversation with my landlord! I never signed the separate parking lease so they have nothing to force me to pay, and they haven't kicked me out of my spot yet.
- Renter’s Insurance: $9.08, through Lemonade. There has been a string of break-ins near my apartment, and I decided that this was a justifiable expense given the circumstances.
- WiFi: $50, the cheapest plan available in my area (fuck you, Spectrum). I was going to share internet with others in my building, but since we’re all in Zoom class and I have several devices I figured it would be best to have my own.
- Hulu/Spotify: $4.99 with the student discount. I pay this and share the Hulu account with my family.
- ESPN+: $4.99, but I've had it on hold since April because I only use it to watch college hockey games which have been cancelled :(
- Netflix/HBO/Disney+/Cable: $0, dad pays Netflix, mom pays HBO and cable, sister pays Disney+. I share with them. I mooch off of my mom's cable subscription by logging onto her Fios on my laptop and AirPlaying it to my TV. Not the greatest solution but it works?
- Cell Phone: $0, my mom works for a telecom company that gives her a big discount and she covers the remainder of our family plan
Additional R29 questions/education expenses context because this is a grad school diary and I thought it would make sense to answer these!
- Amazon Prime: $56.00 with the student discount. I’ve already cancelled it so I won’t get billed again when the cycle is up because I don’t use it enough for it to make economic sense, and because Jeff Bezos is a POS.
- NHL TV: $3.56 with student discount. This was so ridiculously cheap I thought it was fake when I signed up, but I love hockey and I’m so glad I can watch at least some games this way since my mom's cable package doesn't include NHL Network.
- Was there an expectation for you to attend higher education? Did you participate in any form of higher education? If yes, how did you pay for it?
- Yes. Both of my parents have bachelors and/or graduate degrees, so it was always more of a question of where my sister and I would go to college, not if. My parents made it clear to us both that there was money to pay for 8 semesters of undergrad at the college of our choice (though my sister went to private high school while I went to public, so she was given less money for college). I graduated early with my BS in 7 semesters, so both of my parents ended up paying together for my first semester of grad school and my father is paying for my second (current) semester (the cost of 7 semesters of undergrad + 2 semesters of graduate school with a scholarship = cost of 8 semesters of undergrad, aka the original agreement. I realize this is a bit confusing). I had a $10,000/year scholarship at my first school before I transferred, got zero financial aid for my final 5 semesters as an undergrad, and received a scholarship that will pay $24,000 over my three semesters as a graduate student. I will likely be taking out $10,000 in federal loans to cover my final semester of grad school this coming spring.
- Growing up, what kind of conversations did you have about money? Did your parent/guardian(s) educate you about finances?
- Kind of going off the last question- I had very few conversations about money with my parents growing up and it really didn’t start to come up as a topic until I began applying for college, which was also in the middle of their divorce. We struggled a lot filling out the financial aid paperwork due to their mid-divorce financial circumstances, and I ended up learning a lot about their individual and joint finances over the course of my college career since I was the only one who was actually authorized to go into the financial aid office and see both parent’s forms. Imagine trying to do a really important group project where two people in the group keep their work on the project secret from each other and use you as a proxy. It was frustrating and I probably should have qualified for at least a bit of aid, but neither me nor the financial aid people could figure out where we went wrong on the forms. I also didn’t really receive specific education from either of my parents about finances, but they tried to instill some basic values of saving and not spending money that you don’t have. I would say I’m more frugal than both of them, even relative to our very different salaries. They basically taught me nothing directly about credit/stocks/loans/home-buying though so I’m trying to teach myself.
Monday, September 7 7:45 AM
I have an 8 AM nonprofit finance class this morning, but it’s online so I can sleep in super late. I wake up 15 minutes before class time, pour myself a cold brew that I make in my french press, throw on a sweatshirt over my pajamas and brush my hair before heading back to bed with my laptop for class. I’m able to keep my camera off for most of the zoom call, so it’s a relaxing way to start my week. 9:30 AM
Another online class! This one requires cameras-on the whole time, so I leave my bed and go chill on my couch so I look slightly more presentable. In-class group work over Zoom is really just not the same- does anyone else hate team breakout rooms? Near the end of the lecture I start getting hungry, but realize I won't have time between the end of this class and the time I have to leave for campus to make food. I order a bagel for pickup at a cafe on the way to campus while the lecture finishes up. $3.08 10:45 AM
Time to get ready for my first in-person class of the week. I throw on athletic shorts and a bra under the same pajama t-shirt and sweatshirt I was wearing earlier- yes, I’m a fashion icon. Grab my mask and I’m out the door, I pick up my pre-ordered bagel on the way and eat it while I walk. The class is okay, it's a quant modeling class which is way out of my comfort zone, so I'm glad that I'm able to take it in-person (at least until we inevitably get forced online by NY regulations). 1:15 PM
I’m back in my apartment and heat up leftovers from last night’s dinner for lunch (cauliflower rice with roasted chickpeas, sweet potatoes, tofu, and a tahini garlic sauce) while listening to folklore
. I think I've settled on august
as my favorite song. Email my landlord about fixing a few things in my apartment that I've been trying to get him to sort out for literal weeks. 2:00 PM
I have a planning meeting with the professor that I TA for. He’s super busy and bad at communication, so I’ve been handling the brunt of student questions so far. I made the mistake of letting the first-years add me to their class group chat, and they’ve been texting me at all hours. We talk about this and clarify what expectations should be for my TA position- he seems to want me to work 10-15 hours/week even though I was told 5-9 by the admin assistant who hired me. I can probably do 10-15, just not every week. We'll see. 2:30 PM
The meeting transitions right into the class- I mostly just chill (camera on, unfortunately) listening to the lecture and taking attendance/marking participation, and nod sporadically when the professor makes reference to me. I won’t have many out-of-class responsibilities until grading starts, since I don’t have to run open office hours. After the class ends I work on organizing the course website and figuring out what the hell the prof is trying to do with the syllabus. Class hours and all prep/grading is billable time for TAs. 4:45 PM
Realize that my fridge is pretty much empty except for a few random condiments and the rest of the leftovers that I had for lunch. I head out for a Wegman's run and buy enough for at least a week and a half- I used to go once a week, but with COVID I'm trying to spend less time in crowded grocery stores. I don't feel like cooking so I end up having some of the chana dal snacks and ice cream that I just got for dinner around 6:30. So healthy. $98.67, split out into food & home categories 7:30 PM
Another online class! I hate night classes and strongly dislike online classes, so this seems like a recipe for disaster- however it's actually a really interesting course on inequality in education with a professor I think I'll really like, so hopefully it'll be worth it. 9:55 PM
Class is over. 2 and a half hours is absolutely brutal for a nonstop Zoom meeting, especially at night and for my fifth class of the day. I shower and change into pajamas and catch the end of the Lightning-Islanders game. My favorite team and all of the teams I ended up bandwagoning are now out of the Stanley Cup Playoffs, so I'm trying to find a new one to root for- the game was high-scoring and fun to watch but I still don't like these teams. Daily total: $101.75
Tuesday, September 8 9:30 AM
I get to sleep in a bit today! I was supposed to have a shift at the COVID center starting at 7:30, but the university keeps changing the hours of the sites (it's a total disaster), so now my shift starts at 10:45. First thing I do when I wake up is send a quick thank-you text to my sister who's going to visit our mom- she broke her foot last week and her boyfriend (they live in the same town in separate houses) is being shitty and not helping her, so my sister is leaving college to go stay with her for a bit. I'm a few hours closer to home, but I have in-person work and class whereas my sister's school is totally online this semester. I have some scrambled eggs with spinach and cheese for breakfast before I leave the house. 10:15 AM
I'm out of homemade cold brew and have a bit of time, so I drive to Dunkin to grab a coffee. I reload my rewards card to pay for it, and earn a free drink for my next visit! I'm from Massachusetts and the fact that I actually have to go out of my way to drive to Dunkin in New York makes me a lil sad. $10.00 10:45 AM
Time for work- one of the blessings of the COVID job is free parking in high-demand lots (where the yearly parking cost would be about $900) on campus near the test sites, so I drive there straight from Dunkin. Luckily it's not too crazy of a shift, but I end up seated at a station next to this really weird coworker who keeps making wack comments about his personal life that are extremely inappropriate for the workplace. I make note of his name and plan to email my supervisor later, he's making me kind of uncomfortable and he's saying awkward sexual shit around people who are at the site to get tested. 1:00 PM
Done with my shift so it's time for class! It's another quant class where I'm wayyy out of my comfort zone, I haven't taken econometrics in three years and it looks like I'll have to re-learn a lot of stuff in order to keep up. The professor seems good though, which will make a big difference since my last econometrics professor was terrible. 3:00 PM
I pick up my car and head home, and immediately am bombarded with texts from my TA class- the readings haven't been posted correctly to the class website. Quickly fix that and put out a few other related fires. Trying to run an entirely-online class where lots of the students are participating asynchronously from another continent is a nightmare, I shoot an email to the professor about monitoring asynchronous course participation since we need to come up with a system for that ASAP. 4:00 PM
Heat up the last of the leftover veggies and cauliflower rice from a few days ago, and settle in to catch up on miscellaneous work stuff. I draft an email to my supervisor about my coworker and have my mom look it over (with names redacted) since she works in HR. I'm going to wait to send it for at least a day so if he gets written up maybe he won't realize it's me that prompted it. I wash my bedsheets and towels in my building's coin-op washedryer. $3.00 9:00 PM
My meal schedule has been way off today, with a super late lunch and dinner. I make this recipe
, with a plant-based sausage added for protein. I eat 95% vegetarian and I'm making a conscious effort this year to eat vegetables multiple times a day. 1:15 AM
After another few hours of scrolling through TikTok and finishing fixing the disaster of a website for my TA class, I head to bed. Daily Total: $13.00
Wednesday, September 9 7:00 AM
It's too early and I went to bed too late. The 8 AM online class I had on Monday is in-person on Wednesday, and I'm kind of regretting not signing up for the fully online version since it means I have to actually get ready in the morning. I drag myself out of bed and into the shower, and before I head out I order a coffee and a breakfast sandwich to pick up from Starbucks on my walk to campus. $7.34 9:30 AM
Second class of the day, online. I'm realizing I don't really like this course and will probably try to find another one to replace it before the drop deadline. I find a quiet-ish courtyard on campus to go on Zoom, since all of the normal study spaces are closed. This is not gonna work once it gets really cold in upstate NY. While listening to the Zoom lecture, I see that my manager at my COVID job has scheduled me for a last-minute shift that conflicts with a class tomorrow- I email her and hope that she sees it in time. This job creates 8-hour shifts in the middle of the day with no easy option for partial hours, and then they wonder why they can't get their student employees on the schedule. 1:00 PM
Head home after my third class of the day. I was distracted the whole time, trying to sort through TA and other work stuff (my shift got fixed at the COVID job, thank god) during the lecture, so I'll probably have to skim the slides again later. I chatted with a classmate in my cohort afterwards for a bit, and realize that that's the first time I've talked to someone outside of my family in a non-work capacity in over a week. Yikes. I make lunch (roasted asparagus and goat cheese pasta, are you sensing the "roasted veggie + pasta/rice + cheese" theme that makes up the majority of my meals?) and chill a bit before my TA class starts. 6:00 PM
After finishing my TA class and working through some course readings, I make a kale salad with roasted chickpeas, sweet potatoes, goat cheese, and a tahini dressing for dinner. While I'm cooking dinner my dad calls, and I talk to him for about half an hour- we haven't talked for two weeks so I update him on a lot of stuff. My sister also texts and says that our mom gave her a lecture about how she needs to be nicer to the boyfriend- we both agree that we're not quite ready to go back to being pleasant to him yet, and would like to hear his reasoning and perhaps an apology for being so unhelpful that my sister had to drive four hours to do what he should have been doing all along. 10:00 PM
I'm not having a great night, feeling quite depressed and socially isolated. I struggled socially as an undergrad and didn't really have any close friends, and now that the majority of my friends/acquaintances from undergrad have left and I haven't made any friends in my short time in pandemic-grad-school, I'm stuck by myself most of the time. It's really difficult to look out my window and see houses full of friends hanging out on their porch on a beautiful night and wishing I could have had that while knowing I never will. I end up going to bed early since I'm just tired and sad. Daily Total: $7.34
Thursday, September 10 9:00 AM
I wake up feeling slightly better than last night, but still feel a bit worn out. My sister texts that my mom now needs to be in a cast for 6 weeks. Hopefully the boyfriend can get his shit together. I make a breakfast sandwich with eggs, cheese, and spinach. I hang around my apartment for a while since work doesn't start until 11:45. 11:30 AM
On my way to work, I stop and grab a coffee at a cafe ($4.16)
and then go to 7/11 to pick up a notebook for class and a pack of batteries that I need for my string lights ($14.56)
. 1:15 PM
After spending an hour and a half at work, I take my break in order to go to class. I'm supposed to go in-person, but I can't make it across campus fast enough and end up just going to the Zoom session. I am going to need to do some serious studying for this class, stats and econometrics is like another language to me. 2:45 PM
Class is over and I'm back to work. There's a nonstop stream of students and staff coming to get tested, I personally go through at least 100 people over the course of three hours. Near the end of my shift, my coworker (the same one I'm reporting, actually) checks his email and finds out that he's been given a $3/hour raise and is now benefits-eligible. I immediately race to my phone, but there's no email. Everyone tries to figure out who qualified for the raise, and we come to the conclusion that student workers didn't get it. I might reach out to my supervisor about that, seems kind of ridiculous given that we do the exact same job. I don't need benefits and probably don't qualify anyways but the raise would be awesome. 7:00 PM
I get home from work and eat some of the leftover kale salad, lentil chips and a homemade za'atar goat cheese dip, and an apple with peanut butter. I'm so hungry since I haven't eaten since the egg sandwich at 9 AM. 11:00 PM
I re-watch the two econometrics lectures from this week– a huge perk of Zoom class is recorded lectures– and try to take more detailed notes and go through the motions of the coding myself. I still don't really get it, and feel pretty dumb listening to the intelligent questions that my classmates (half of whom are undergrads) are asking. Math in all forms has been a weak point for me since middle school, but I'm trying to power through so I can enter the workforce with at least some quant skills. Daily Total: $18.72
Friday, September 11 9:00 AM
Wake up and scroll through my social media for a bit, and have the rest of the kale salad for breakfast. Not really a traditional breakfast but I don't feel like cooking anything. I have my orientation for my research job this morning, and I think it's going to be a great experience! The two other grad researchers are both students in my program, so it'll be nice to get to know some more people. My official start date is next week, though I'm being paid for training. Once I'm done on that Zoom call, I head to work at the COVID center at 11. 3:00 PM
I finally get my lunch break- there's not much open, so I'm limited to the one cafe near my work site. I pick up a bagel and a coffee, and the women who work there give me free coffee add-ons (oat milk and vanilla syrup) since they recognize me after I did their COVID tests in the morning. I love the dining workers on my campus. I have some extra dining dollars from last semester that rolled over due to COVID, so I use the last of those and pay the balance with my debit card. $1.06, remainder was pre-paid from last spring 7:00 PM
Finally home- I decide to clean my apartment for a bit before showering, and I'm disgusted by how dirty it got. I'm a huge clean freak and this apartment isn't super well-kept (thank you college town slumlords!) and has a lot of cobwebs/dirty areas, so it causes basically a constant undercurrent of anxiety. I've recently been thinking a lot about my old apartment, which was newly renovated and a 2-bedroom which would have cost me $1,000/month for my share this year. My desire to live alone and be in the area where I thought I could best make a last-ditch effort at meeting people and making friends won out over my love for that apartment, and I'm pretty seriously regretting it at this point given the whole COVID situation. Depending on how the spring semester shakes out, I might try to sublet it and find a different place. 9:00 PM
I'm still feeling a bit anxious and unsettled after cleaning, and don't really have the mental fortitude to cook tonight. A $5 coupon from GrubHub arrives in my email inbox like they can read my mind. I order paneer makhani to pick up from the Indian restaurant a block away from my apartment, and try to turn it into a positive thought about the apartment itself- my old place wasn't walking distance from Indian food, this one is. $10.07 11:00 PM
My mom sends me a link to a video that she found of my school's 9/11 memorial dedication. We lost 21 alums that day, and a permanent memorial was dedicated a few years ago. I've gone a few times to see it in person and met some of the families through my previous jobs, so I spend some time watching the video. I was just shy of 4 years old on 9/11 so I obviously don't remember much, but going to a school with a large number of students from NYC almost guarantees that everyone knows someone with a personal connection. It always feels a bit solemn around here on the day. 4:00 AM
I couldn't sleep. Finally pass out sometime between 3:30 and 4. Daily Total: $11.13
Saturday, September 12 9:00 AM
Drag myself out of bed and make scrambled eggs with cheese, and some cold brew that's been sitting in the french press for several days with the coffee grinds- this is basically liquid cocaine, it's extremely
caffeinated but I'll need that today. I leave my apartment around 9:40 and start walking to work. 10:00 AM
Today isn't too crazy, which is unexpected given that the site I'm working at is usually one of the more crowded ones. The shift supervisor today is the sweetest woman, she comes around and takes our individual coffee orders and brings them to us at our stations. I take quick breaks whenever I can to run to the corner to slip my mask off and take a drink. I chat to some of the other student workers when we have longer periods of down time, they seem really nice. I might try to work this site more often and get to know them better. 3:00
I drew the short straw once again and got the late lunch break- nothing's open on campus since it's Saturday, so I run back to the cafe near my apartment and order a turkey sandwich. I know I need to start bringing my own lunch, but we have no microwaves and the only fridges we have at the sites are for test tubes and ice packs so that makes it a bit difficult. $9.08 6:00 PM
Done at work and headed home- I make a roasted cauliflower pasta that uses the rest of the spinach as well, and save some for tomorrow's dinner. 10:00 PM
Lounging around in bed and watching the Vegas-Dallas game. I think I'd rather have one of these teams win the Cup than either of the teams in the ECF. 1:30 AM
Sunday, September 13 9:00 AM
Up for another day of work. I make some eggs and cut up an apple with peanut butter. 10:00 AM
My job today is as a greeter, so I'm not doing the actual registration and test observation, and am instead in charge of getting people lined up and dealing with the logistics of the site. A lot of the people in the line tell me that they were supposed to have an appointment at another site, but they showed up and it was dark and no one was there to deal with the 75 people waiting in line. We realize there's been a huge staffing miscommunication with our local health system partner, and this happened at three sites. What a clusterfuck. I also committed the cardinal sin of autumn in New York by not appropriately layering- it's suddenly 50 and raining, and I'm freezing my ass off sitting outside in leggings and a t-shirt. 2:30 PM
Lunch break- I go to the one place on campus open on Sunday afternoons to grab a salad. $8.70 3:00 PM
Still a decent flow of people coming through the site since we're still taking over from the sites that unexpectedly closed. By the end of the day, we've tested over 1,100 people just at this one site. I'm developing a horrible crick in my neck from turning to look and point each person to where they need to go. 6:00 PM
Home from work. I heat up the rest of the pasta from last night and try to massage my neck a bit- I can tell it's going to hurt tomorrow, feeling like I'm 82 instead of 22. I prep some cold brew for tomorrow morning. 10:30 PM
I'm absolutely exhausted, so I fall asleep around 10:30 for the first time in weeks. Hopefully this means I'll be well-rested for my 8 AM tomorrow. Daily total: $8.70
Monday, September 14 7:45 AM
I wake up feeling somewhat well-rested, but my neck is still really hurting. I grab some of the cold brew from the fridge and go to my online class. 9:15 AM
I find a class that I'm interested in to replace the one that I'm thinking of dropping, and start getting ready to go to it to check it out. Just as I'm about to leave, I realize my neck is getting to be absolutely unbearable and I don't think I can make the walk up to campus with my backpack without a lot of pain. I shoot the professor a quick email asking for the Zoom link, and he manages to get back to me before the class starts! I join the online section and like the course, so I plan to make the official switch in my schedule. The class I don't like is taught by my advisor (who I'm hoping to TA for in the spring), so that might be a little awkward when I leave. 11:30 AM
I make some pasta with a veggie sausage for lunch and go to class- this is usually an in-person class for me but I stay home and go to the online section today because I'm still in pain. 2:30 PM
TA class- I'm required to have my camera on, and after comfortably laying down all day I feel like I'm dying because of the position that I'm being forced to keep my neck in. I periodically turn my camera off to lay down for a minute and scream into my pillow before coming back and pretending that nothing's wrong. 4:30 PM
I drive to a laundromat to wash my clothes- I'm out of coins and need to go to the laundromat to get them from the machine, so I do my wash there instead of in my building. While I wait for my wash I call my grandma and catch up for a bit, and when I move my clothes to the dryer I go to Target to return some stuff I bought for my apartment and get painkillers. Have a mini-breakdown in the parking lot of Target because I'm so anxious about my apartment and the cost and how it's not kept-up and how I'm feeling so much regret about the lease. I send a frantic 3-paragraph text to my mom and dad about this and tell them that I want to try to find a subletter and come home. $6.00 for laundry, +$51.69 in refunds from Target (not included in breakdown), $4.07 for Ibuprofen 7:30 PM
Dinner (eggs on toast) and online class. I'm really distracted, I hate Zoom class. My mom texts me throughout and I reply for a bit, and kind of unload about feeling super lonely and stressed. My dad calls around 10 after class is over, and we talk for a bit. I'm not sure he really gets where I'm coming from but he does his best to provide support, in an emotionally-stunted-middle-aged-dad kind of way (which is mostly just him talking about how I always "manage to power through" and referencing sunk costs and uncertainty). Honestly, I probably won't sublet the apartment just because I don't know if I'm ready to move all my shit again and because it's a buyer's market for sublets right now, but I really wish I had tried to get out of my lease before it started in August. I always have a lot of anxiety and regrets about large purchases, so this is nothing new. What I probably need instead of a sublet is to go back to therapy. 2:30 AM
I'm still up writing a paper, so I answer a text in the group chat for my TA class about the paper- the student who asked apologizes for bothering me so late, she's abroad and didn't realize what time it was in NY. I'm fine with answering if I'm up, but I'm going to have to force myself to not answer until the morning so they don't start expecting that kind of immediate response from me. Daily Total: $10.07
WEEKLY TOTAL: $179.79
|CATEGORY ||TOTAL |
|Food and Drink ||$148.18 total ($53.49 from restaurants/cafes and $94.69 for groceries) |
|Fun and Entertainment ||$0 |
|Home and Health ||$8.05 |
|Clothes and Beauty ||$0 |
|Transport ||$0 |
|Other ||$23.56 |
This was a typical week for me- I work a lot, I spend a lot on food, and I don't spend on much else beyond my monthly expenses. Obviously I don't buy $100 of groceries every week, since those last about two weeks- I usually shop on Mondays, restock on fresh veggies at the Wednesday farmer's market the next week, which runs me about $15-20, and then go to Wegmans again on Monday. I'm trying to spend less on coffee since I realize it's ridiculous to buy a $4 drink every morning when I can buy an $8 bag of beans and get 12 cups out of it.
As I get more into my research job, I'll be shifting some hours from the COVID job to that- it pays more and is more beneficial to my career, and I don't have the physical or mental energy to continue at this pace for the COVID job. This pay cycle (Thurs 9/10 to Wed 9/16) I worked 32.8 hours, which will probably be typical as a weekly total for this semester- just with a different breakdown by job (6-10 TA, 15 research, 10-15 COVID). This coming week I'm scheduled right up against the 40-hour limit, with 39.6. And yes, I do bill my time answering questions at 2:30 AM, I just put it on my timecard as a more normal time lol
submitted by gradschoolMD
to MoneyDiariesACTIVE [link] [comments]
2020.09.14 19:28 BoyWithALoafOfBread I Hunt Dimensional Intruders On Behalf Of The United States Government
"Target is 4-klicks out. Continue with extreme caution. "
"Copy. Temporal disturbances?"
"Negative Viper-One. Scopes are clear, we're still monitoring the situation in real time."
"Copy Overlord. Proceeding with takedown." I turned to my crew as we flew over the Gallatin National Forests in the black hawk. It's engines shook the air inside as it carried us over the trees.
"Alright," I said through the headset to the team. "Operation Lambda is a go." I said, received a series of acknowledging nods from the rest of them.
"Over the drop off point in 60 seconds. Lights out." The pilot said over the radio as the chopper started to circle over the LZ. Suddenly the red lights inside turned off, leaving the only illumination to the last sliver of sunlight dropping off over the eastern horizon. With that, we dropped down and activated our night vision goggles.
As the chopper hovered over the drop point, we lowered our ropes and descended down to the forest floor, taking position around each other in a circle as we secured the LZ.
"Viper-One, Clear." I replied to the rest of the team as I scanned the area with my rifle. "Target is 2-klicks west from our position. Viper-Two, take point."
"Roger that." Viper-Two replied.
Slowly we began to methodical maneuver our way through the forest, making sure to check every inch of our route for any type of temporal anomalies caused by the target. Other than the occasional cracking of twigs, the only sounds were that of the wild nightlife.
"Captain," Viper-Two said through the radio. "I've got something here."
While the squad halted and held position, I made my way to the front to inspect what had been found. Viper-Two was in front of a small stream flowing downwards from the hill, the flashlight attached to his rifle was aiming down at the stream.
"Got an anomaly, small but definitely residue from the target." He said as I came up behind him.
Sure enough he had found one. While the stream itself was flowing in the correct direction, there was still something extremely wrong with it. Thousands of tiny bubbles were popping and fizzing out of it, as if all the water flowing within was carbonated.
"The targets you will be hunting are not of this world, or even this dimension." Our instructor had said. "The realms they come from may have completely different laws of physics separate from our own universe. So as they pass through our reality, the two begin to contradict one another. This causes anomalies both transdimensional and temporal in nature."
According to command, these intruders had been coming through to our reality ever since the early 1940's. Something about the commencement of Humanity's experiments with atomic weapons had thinned the lining of the dimensional barriers surrounding the earth, allowing other beings to occasionally pass through. In 1952 the United States Government created Task Force 51 to track down the intruders and terminate them before the anomalies following in their wake brought down irreversible damage to the time space continuum. It was my job, well, our job to ensure the safety of the human race.
"Overlord, come in." I radioed in.
"We read you, Viper-One."
"We have a class seven spatial anomaly. Local environmental assets have been affected."
"Copy, Viper-One. We see your helmet cam. Marking your position for clean up crews. Proceed to the target with caution."
"Copy Overlord. Viper-One out."
With that we continued on through the forest. About half a klick away from the target the air around us was suddenly filled with the screams of what appeared to be a deer. It howled and yelped until violently ending in one last blood curdling cry. The entire squad snapped into position without a word.
"That came from the west," Viper-Two said over the coms. "Most likely caused by the target."
"Agreed," I replied.
"Hey Cap, do you hear that?" Viper-Four asked.
"Hear what?" I asked, turning my head towards him.
"Exactly…" he whispered. "There's nothing." It took me a moment to realize, but he was right. There wasn't a single sound throughout the entire forest. Not an insect, not a bird, nothing. There was complete and absolute silence.
My heart nearly stopped when the voice of Overlord sliced through the silence in the radio.
"Viper-One, come in."
"This is Viper-One.” I said, catching my breath, “ Go ahead Overlord."
"We've detected a class one temp-" suddenly a wave of static washed over the coms, blocking out our communications.
"Overlord, come in."
"From Dallas, Texas, the flash apparently official. President Kennedy died at 1:00pm central standard time, 2:00 eastern standard time." Was the only thing coming out from Overlord's frequency now. With that, we all began to look at one another, oblivious as to what was going on.
"Must be a temporal anomaly." Viper-Two said, cutting off his outer coms.
"Agreed." I said, "we're on our own. Keep an eye out." Quietly, the rest of my team began to move once again, "Were in the dark now."
As we moved closer to the target's last recorded position we began picking up more strange broadcasts from Overlord's frequency.
"We shall defend our Island, whatever the cost may be, we shall fight on the beaches, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields and in the streets, we shall fight in the hills; we shall never surrender."
"NBC can now confirm that a second plane has hit the south tower of the World Trade Center."
"That's one small step for a man, one giant leap for mankind."
"We have unconfirmed reports of nuclear detonations in Los Angeles and Seattle."
With the final transmission, the frequency went static once more.
"Cut the channel," I said. "Nothing more than an anomaly at this point." With that, the coms were silent.
The team halted as Viper-Two stopped up ahead of us and raised up a fist.
"Captain," he said. "Eyes on target." Everyone remained in place as I slowly made my way up the hill to confirm the sighting.
On the other end of the hill, there was a small clearing in the forest with a single log cabin in the middle. Faint yellow lights protrude from the smeared windows as a steady stream of smoke flowed out from the chimney above. This was it.
"According to the reconnaissance information from the area, we have confirmed that this section of the Gallatin National Forests has been cleared of any and all foliage." Overlord had said during our briefing before our deployment to Montana. A large tactical overhead map of the region was projected along the wall of the hangar, showing a circular section of the forest completely empty, except for a single object in the center. "It is to our understanding that a lone structure resembling a log cabin is now the only thing in the entire clearing. This was not there seven hours ago." We had seen examples before of intruders forging refuges for themselves which meant that this would be an even more difficult assignment, given that now it was obvious that the entire surrounding area had been exposed to high amounts of class one temporal-spatial anomalies.
Slowly, the team began to circle the small cabin with their weapons trained.
"Viper-Four, prepare to breach."
"Copy." Viper-Four then began to make his way to the entrance of the cabin and placed a breaching charge on the wooden door.
"Nothing showing up on thermal." Viper-Three replied.
"Viper-Three, Two, and Five; when I give the order, open fire through the windows. Danger close. "
With that, I made my way behind Viper-Four, and placed a hand on his shoulder.
"Engage!" Suddenly a barrage of gunfire erupted around the trees into the cabin's windows as the rest of the team emptied their loaded clips. At the exact moment the firing ceased, I gave the final order.
"Breach and clear!" The charge on the door then detonated, hurling burning splinters outwards as Viper-Four and myself entered the cabin. However, once we cleared the threshold of the cabin, we entered what seemed to be an abandoned dilapidated mansion.
"What the fuck?" Viper-Four said.
"Cut the chatter. Squad, regroup on me. We have a… situation."
Within moments everyone else had gathered around the entrance to the cabin.
"What's the situation?" Viper-Two asked.
"The cabin appears to be dimensionally transcendental. It seems that the interior is modeled after an old manor styled estate."
"Shit." Viper-Three replied. "This isn't going to be an easy one."
"Agreed." I said stepping back inside. "Then again, we don't get paid for easy."
Inside, the mansion seemed to be laid out in two levels. A few steps in, a large staircase divided two separate hallways heading left and right.
"How you wanna take this, Cap?" Viper-Five asked.
"Two, Three, check the upstairs. Four, you check the downstairs with me. Five, wait outside and check the area. If radio's go silent for a full hour, retreat to a secure location and call in the drone strike. Asset denial is our main priority."
"Copy that," Viper-Five said, stepping outside.
Suddenly the sound of music from a piano began to pour down from the upper level of the mansion.
"Beethoven... Für Elise" Viper-Three said curiously.
We all then turned our heads towards him for a moment, surprised. This only seemed to warrant a shrug from him. When then all looked upwards towards the music.
"On me." I said slowly making my way up the stairs with my rifle trained on the source. The rest of the team except for Five moved with me, abandoning our former plan given the current circumstances that had presented
As we made our way up, the continuous melody of music drowned out the creaking wooden steps beneath us.
When we reached the second level, the dark hallways stretched out to either side of us as the candles along the walls began to glow to life as their flames began to slowly ignite themselves. After a few moments, it became clear that the night vision was going to be nothing more than a hindrance at this point.
"Goggles off." I said as I slid mine up off onto my helmet. The rest of the squad quickly followed.
"Music seems to be coming from there." Viper-Three said as he trained his rifle on the door at the far side of the hallway on the left.
Without a word we made our way to the door, stacking up behind it. Slowly, Viper-Three reached out to the door handle and turned it slightly.
"Unlocked." He whispered.
I then tapped his shoulder three times, giving him the signal to open and breach. Like clockwork he slid the door open as we all piled in, training our weapons at every corner of the room.
Inside was a large study, with a crackling fireplace at the far side of the room. A large black grand piano stood over a red carpet at the center. It continued to spout out music without anyone or anything playing its keys.
"Clear." I said after lowering my weapon. "Target is not in sight."
As we began to survey the room looking for any further clues as to the whereabouts of the target, Viper-Three began to walk over to the autonomous piano. He seemed almost mesmerized by it as he reached out his hand to touch one of the keys. As he did, a series of serrated teeth pierced through the fallboard as it suddenly bit down on his hand, amputating it from his wrist. He let out a pained cry as blood sprayed from his arm.
Without hesitation, we opened fire on the piano, shredding it into thousands of tiny wooden splinters as an inhumane screech filled the air of the room.
When the room was silent, Viper-Two went down to check on Three who was now laying on the floor with a small pool of blood building up beside him.
"Bit clean through the bone." He said, wrapping his arm in a turnbuckle. He then looked up at me. "We need to get him out of here, and fast."
"What the fuck was that!?" Three asked, biting down on his teeth.
"I've never seen an intruder look… well, like that." Viper-Four said, walking over to the ruins of the piano with his rifle trained on it.
Then a loud wooden growl started to reverberate across the entire floor. Before I could even say anything, the floorboards beneath Two and Three broke apart as a massive hand formed by broken pieces of the floor along with wires and insulation enveloped them. In an instant, the amalgamated hand squeezed them both into globs of exploding blood and organs. The hand then retreated back into the floor, leaving no fragments that it had ever been there, except for the unrecognizable remains of my two team members.
“WHAT THE FUCK!?!?” Viper-Four shouted backing away.
"The target isn't in the house…" I whispered. "It is the house…"
"There is no escape." The disembodied voices of Two and Three said.
As I looked up to see where the voices were coming from, I saw both of their heads mounted over the fireplace. Their eyes were black as sin, and their mouths were contorted in twisted sinister smiles.
"What's that saying?" They said together, "The house always wins?"
Viper-Four and I trained our rifles on the two heads still smiling down at us.
"I shall build my foundation upon your bones, your soul shall rot in the vestibule of torment. And you shall perish as all have before, oooooooh discordia!" They cried out, laughing.
With a natural reflex, Four and I unloaded more ammunition into the heads cackling over the fireplace. They immediately went silent. The entire interior of the building then began to creak.
"RUN!" I shouted as I made my way out of the study. Just as Viper-Four got out, the ceiling collapsed into piles of wood, concrete, and a waterfall of thick red spews of blood.
The entire hallway leading down to the stairway screamed in protest as howling cracks exploding around us, erupting into a chorus of insane inhumane voices.
As we made our way towards the stairs, I looked back down the hallway we had just come from. At the far end where the study had once been, a massive face made of broken wood and porcelain was pushing its way towards us.
"Get down there, now!" I yelled as I emptied the rest of my magazine into the encroaching head getting closer and closer with each chomp of its serrated splintered mouth.
I then rolled down the stairs as another amalgamated hand shot through the other hallway in an attempt to grab me.
The first floor of the mansion began to twist and contort its dimensions, trying to keep us from the door as the giant head blasted through the hallway, growing in size as it began to connect itself with the splintered hand in some unimaginable contorted abdominal form.
With a final sprint to the door I tossed an active grenade behind me, jumping out of the threshold, landing hard on the ground outside in the forest clearing.
A barrage of gunfire momentarily disoriented me as I sat back up. When I realized that it was coming from Viper-Five who was higher up on the edge of the tree line, I backed myself up, loading another magazine into my rifle and joining in on the combat.
Through the exterior of the tiny log cabin that housed the internal chaos, I witnessed my grenade detonate. The explosion reverberated to the roof of the cabin as a massive ball of fire erupted from the roof. As the fire faded away, the interior dimensions of the cabin began to leak out into our external reality in a wave of indescribable ever changing alien geometry. The internal living dimension floated up into the sky as if in zero gravity. It screamed in defilement of our universe’s laws of physics as the ground around the cabin began to vibrate. I knew what this was, it was going to try to go back through the walls of reality to whatever hellscape it had come from, and it was trying to take us with it.
"Call it in!" I screamed to Viper-Five. "Call it in! Now!"
Without hesitation, Five pulled out the flare gun from his holster and fired it into the sky. The purple flare shot up about two hundred feet into the sky before popping like a firework high above the forest. I knew now that it would only be moments until the drone flying high above opened fire on our location.
"Danger close! Danger close!" Mustering what little energy I had, I pulled Four to his feet and helped him run as far as we possibly could. After a few hundred feet however, the ground began to buckle and wave like an ocean during a storm. As we fell to our feet we looked back towards the cabin.
The now unrecognizable log house was twisting and floating about fifty feet above the ground. The air around it shimmered and vibrated in waves as the dimensional barriers of the cabin continued to leak outwards.
For a moment I thought that this was it, that after nearly thirty years of service, it all ended here.
Then from up above, a faint whistle could be heard coming closer and closer. A moment later I could see the faint glowing tail of the drones missile descending down with its ferocious intent.
As it impacted the cabin, it exploded into a purplish-blue inferno as it consumed the entire dimensional anomaly. With one last protesting howl, the explosion then imploded in on itself with one victorious boom that nearly ruptured my eardrums.
It was all over in a matter of seconds.
Viper-Four and I sat in the clearing for a few minutes in complete silence as we awaited extraction. I had seen things that had defied logic, killed beings that would drive a normal man insane just by a glimpse of its skin. But this… this was unlike anything I had ever encountered. But I was sure of one thing, it would be the last.
I retired from the task force after that, and moved down to Florida. Where I've been a volunteer at the local VA for the past few years.
I feel like the only way I can try to reconcile the things I've seen; was to help other veterans who have seen the hells of combat themselves. But no matter how much I do, no matter how much I try, the twisted voice of my fallen team still creeps into my nightmares every night, always whispering back to me:
"The house… always… wins…"
submitted by BoyWithALoafOfBread
to nosleep [link] [comments]
2020.09.12 16:57 DLWhoHurtHisBalls TrueAnon Library
I'm sure we are all familiar with the semi-weekly threads looking for recommendations of books on "X" TrueAnon-related topic. I decided go scrounging through all of the past threads to compile a list of non-fiction titles that have been explicitly referenced on the show or have been recommended by users of this subreddit. My hope is that we can direct newly interested people to this list to help guide them in their research. I've broken the list into sections based on subject and listed books in the section relevant to their primary subject
. Basically half the books on this list touch on the CIA somehow but it would not be particularly useful to list them all under that heading. I've done my best to categorize books based on the title, description, and the thread in which the book was recommended but I'm sure I've made mistakes. Please let me know if you think a book should be re-categorized or needs different subjects. This list is far from complete and I would love to expand it further. I am planning to go back through the podcast starting from the first episode in order to ensure we don't miss any recommended/referenced titles but if you know of a title that I've missed or the episode in which a title is referenced, let me know. Most importantly, let me know if I have included a title that is demonstrably false or contains significant amounts of disinformation; I haven't been able to read every single title so I also have not been able to vet every title. Do not
let me know if you think I should remove a title from the list because the author subscribes to a particular political tendency that you disagree with.
Remember to always read critically and double check sources, ESPECIALLY for information you find compelling or convincing!
Nazis, prewar and postwar / "The Spider Network" / Fascist Internationale
- Title - Author (Subjects) [TrueAnon episode #]
GLADIO / The Years of Lead / Post-war Italy
- Inside the League: How Terrorists, Nazis, and Latin American Death Squads Infiltrated the World Anti-Communist League - Scott and Jon Lee Anderson (WACL, Fascist Internationale) [ep. 25]
- Rogue Agents - David Teacher (Le Circle) [ep. 25, 96]
- Strange Tales of the Parapolitical: Postwar Nazis, Mercenaries, and Other Secret History - S. William Snider, Frank Zero (Deep Politics, Fascist Internationale) [ep. ??]
- Male Fantasies - Klaus Theweliet (Freikorps, pre-war Nazis, Psychoanalysis) [ep. 74]
- The Wages of Destruction: The Making and Breaking of the Nazi Economy - Adam Tooze (history, economics)
- Nazi Nexus: America's Corporate Connections to Hitler's Holocaust - Edwin Black (Dark Money, Rockefellers, US/Nazi Collaboration)
- All Honorable Men: The Story of the Men on Both Sides of the Atlantic Who Successfully Thwarted Plans to Dismantle the Nazi Cartel System - James Stewart Martin (US/Nazi Collaboration)
- Hell's Cartel: IG Farben and the Making of Hitler's War Machine - Diarmuid Jeffreys (Nazi Germany, economics)
- Industry and Ideology: IG Farben in the Nazi Era, 2nd ed. - Peter Hayes (Nazi Germany, industry)
- Patents for Hitler - Guenter Reimann (US/Nazi collaboration)
- The Vampire Economy: Doing Business under Fascism - Guenter Reimann (Nazi Germany, economics, Pre-war Nazis)
- Backing Hitler: Consent and Coercion in Nazi Germany - Robert Gellately (Social life in Nazi Germany, propaganda)
- Blowback: America's Recruitment of Nazis and Its Destructive Impact on Our Domestic and Foreign Policy - Christopher Simpson (Post-war Nazis, Cold War, CIA)
- The Darkest Sides of Politics vol. 1, 2 - Jeffery M. Bale (Fascist Internationale, right wing terror, history)
- Dreamer of the Day: Francis Parker Yockey & The Postwar Fascist International - Kevin Coogan (Fascist Internationale, postwar Nazis)
- Stefano delle Chiaie: Portrait of a Black Terrorist - Stuart Christie (Strategy of Tension, terrorism, Italian right) [ep. 99]
- NATO's Secret Armies: Operation GLADIO and Terrorism in Western Europe - Daniele Ganser (GLADIO)
- Operation Gladio: The Unholy Alliance between the Vatican, the CIA, and the Mafia - Paul L. Williams (GLADIO, Fascist Internationale)
- The Last Supper: The Mafia, the Masons, and the Killing of Roberto Calvi - Philip Willan (P2 Lodge, post-war italy, Banco Ambrosiano)
- Memoirs of an Italian Terrorist - Giorgio (Post-war Italy, Years of Lead)
- Armed Struggle in Italy, 1976-1978 - Bratach Dubh (Italian Left, Years of Lead)
- Strike One to Educate One Hundred: The Rise of the Red Brigades 1960s–1970s - Chris Aronson Beck, Reggie Emiliana, Lee Morris (Italian Left, Years of Lead)
- Never Again Without a Rifle: The origins of Italian terrorism - Alessandro Silj (Italian Left, Years of Lead)
- In God's Name: An Investigation Into the Murder of Pope John Paul I - David Yallop (P2, Banco Ambrosiano, South American Right)
The Kennedy Assassinations
- Disconnecting the Dots: How 9/11 Was Allowed to Happen - Kevin Fenton (9/11, CIA) [ep. 44]
- Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil - Michael C. Ruppert [ep. 44]
- The 2001 Anthrax Deception: The Case for a Domestic Conspiracy - Graeme MacQueen (9/11, Anthrax) [ep. 44]
- Anthrax: Bioterror as Fact and Fantasy - Philipp Sarasin (9/11, Anthrax, War on Terror)
- 9/11 Synthetic Terror - Webster Griffin Tarpley (9/11, US Empire)
- The Looming Tower: Al-Qaeda and the Road to 9/11 - Lawrence Wright (9/11, US Empire)
US Elites / American Crime
- Dallas '63: The First Deep State Revolt Against the White House - Peter Dale Scott (JFK, CIA)
- Deep Politics and the Death of JFK - Peter Dale Scott (JFK, CIA)
- JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters - James W. Douglass (JFK Assassination, CIA)
- On the Trail of the Assassins: One Man's Quest to Solve the Murder of President Kennedy - Jim Garrison (JFK)
- Mortal Error: The Shot That Killed JFK - Bonar Menninger (DEBUNKED, JFK, "Secret Service" Theory)
- Mary's Mosaic: The CIA Conspiracy to Murder John F. Kennedy, Mary Pinchot Meyer, and Their Vision for World Peace - Peter Janney (CIA, JFK)
- Not in Your Lifetime: The Defining Book on the J.F.K. Assassination - Anthony Summers (JFK, Oswald)
- Who Killed Bobby?: The Unsolved Murder of Robert F. Kennedy - Shane O' Sullivan (RFK)
- A Lie Too Big to Fail: The Real History of the Assassination of Robert F. Kennedy - Lisa Pease (RFK)
- The Coors Connection: How Coors Family Philanthropy Undermines Democratic Pluralism - Russ Bellant (Dark money, US right) [ep. 25]
- Family of Secrets: The Bush Dynasty, America's Invisible Government, and the Hidden History of the Last Fifty Years - Russ Baker (Bush Family, Deep politics, US Elites) [ep. 43]
- Conspiracy: Peter Thiel, Hulk Hogan, Gawker, and the Anatomy of Intrigue (Media, Dark money) [ep. 107]
- Democracy in Chains: The Deep History of the Radical Right's Stealth Plan for America - Nancy Maclean (US right, dark money)
- Five Families: The Rise, Decline, and Resurgence of America's Most Powerful Mafia Empires - Selwyn Raab (US Mafia, Organized Crime)
- The Franklin Scandal: A Story of Powerbrokers, Child Abuse & Betrayal - Nick Bryant (Frankin Credit Union, US Elites)
- The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska - John W. DeCamp (PARTIALLY DEBUNKED? Franklin Credit Union, US Elites)
- Kochland: The Secret History of Koch Industries and Corporate Power in America - Christopher Leonard (Dark money, Kochs)
- The Farther Shores of Politics: The American Political Fringe Today - George Thayer (Kochs, right wing education) [ep. ??]
- Thy Will Be Done: The Conquest of the Amazon : Nelson Rockefeller and Evangelism in the Age of Oil - Gerard Colby, Charlotte Dennett (Rockefellers, South America, US Empire)
- Du Pont Dynasty: Behind the Nylon Curtain - Gerard Colby (DuPont, Dark money, US Elites)
- The Lords of Creation: The History of America's 1 Percent - Frederick Lewis Allen (US Elites, History pre-WWII, Dark money)
- Bad Moon Rising: How Reverend Moon Created the Washington Times, Seduced the Religious Right, and Built an American Kingdom - John Gorenfeld (US Right, "Moonies", Dark Money)
- Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA and the Secret History of the Sixties - Tom O'Neill (Mason, CIA, Drugs) [ep. 14, 25]
- Poisoner in Chief: Sidney Gottlieb and the CIA Seach for Mind Control - Stephen Kinzer (CIA, MK-Ultra, Drugs) [ep. 25]
- Legacy of Ashes: The History of the CIA - Tim Weiner (CIA, history) [ep. 25]
- The Jakarta Method - Washington's Anticommunist Crusade and the Mass Murder Program that Shaped Our World - Vincent Bevins (CIA, Fascist Internationale) [ep. ??]
- The Devils Chessboard: Allen Dulles, the CIA and the Rise of America's Secret Government - David Talbot (CIA, JFK)
- Killing Hope: US Military & CIA Interventions since World War II - William Blum (CIA)
- The Phoenix Program: America's Use of Terror in Vietnam - Douglas Valentine (CIA)
- The CIA as Organized Crime - Douglas Valentine (CIA)
- The Strength of the Wolf: The Secret History of America's War on Drugs - Douglas Valentine (CIA, Drug war)
- Dark Alliance: The CIA, the Contras, and the Crack Cocaine Explosion - Gary Webb (CIA, Drug war, Iran-Contra)
- The Cultural Cold War - Frances Saunders (CIA, Critical theory)
- Operation Chaos: The Vietnam Deserters Who Fought the CIA, the Brainwashers, and Themselves - Matthew Sweet (CIA, MK-Ultra)
- Finks: How the C.I.A. Tricked the World's Best Writers - Joel Whitney (CIA, post-war culture)
- The Very Best Men: The Daring Early Years of the CIA - Evan Thomas (CIA, history)
- Whiteout: The CIA, Drugs and the Press - Alexander Cockburn, Jeffery St. Clair (CIA, Drugs, Media)
- Acid Dreams: The Complete Social History of LSD: The CIA, the Sixties, and Beyond - Martin A. Lee, Bruce Shlain (Drugs, MK Ultra, CIA)
- A Terrible Mistake: The Murder of Frank Olson and the CIA's Secret Cold War Experiments - H. P. Albarelli Jr (CIA, MK Ultra, drugs)
- The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity in the Global Drug Trade - Alfred W. McCoy (CIA, Drugs)
American Empire / US Intelligence Services (non-specific)
- A Threat of the First Magnitude: FBI Counterintelligence & Infiltration From the Communist Party to the Revolutionary Union - Aaron J Leonard, Conor A Gallagher (FBI, US leftists) [ep. 39, 102]
- Heavy Radicals - The FBI's Secret War on America's Maoists: The Revolutionary Union / Revolutionary Communist Party 1968-1980 - Aaron J Leonard, Conor A Gallagher (FBI, US leftists) [ep. 39, 102]
- The Folk Singers and the Bureau: The FBI, the Folk Artists and the Suppression of the Communist Party, USA-1939-1956 - Aaron Leonard (US Intelligence, US Leftist, History) [ep. 102]
- There's Something Happening Here: The New Left, the Klan, and FBI Counterintelligence - David Cunningham (FBI/COINTELPRO, history)
- The Eagle Has Eyes: The FBI Surveillance of César Estrada Chávez of the United Farm Workers Union of America, 1965–1975 - José Angel Gutiérrez (FBI Surveillance, Unions)
Finance / Economics / Money Networks
- National Security Cinema: The Shocking New Evidence of Government Control in Hollywood - Matthew Alford, Tom Secker (US Military, culture) [ep. Moonpilled: unnumbered patreon crosspost]
- The Yankee and Cowboy War - Carl Oglesby (US Intelligence services, JFK, Watergate) [ep. ??]
- Secret Warriors: Inside the Covert Military Operations of the Reagan Era - Steven Emerson (CIA-related, US Empire)
- Empire's Workshop: Latin America, the United States, and the Rise of the New Imperialism - Greg Grandin (US Empire)
- Kill Anything That Moves: The Real American War in Vietnam - Nick Turse (Vietnam, US empire)
- Tiger Force: A True Story of Men and War - Michael Sallah (Vietnam, US empire)
- Days of Fire: Bush and Cheney in the White House - Peter Baker (Bush/Cheney, War in Iraq)
- Hubris: The Inside Story of Spin, Scandal, and the Selling of the Iraq War - Michael Isikoff, David Corn (Iraq War, Media)
- Blank Check: The Pentagon's Black Budget - Tim Weiner (dark money, US Empire)
- The Watchdogs Didn't Bark: The CIA, NSA, and the Crimes of the War on Terror - Ray Nowosielski, John Duffy (9/11, US empire, US intelligence services)
- Cloak and Dollar: The History of American Secret Intelligence - Rhodri Jefferys-Jones (history, US intel services)
Political Theory / Critique
- Econned - Yves Smith ('08 Financial crisis, regulation, US economics) [ep. 11]
- Chain of Title: How Three Ordinary Americans Uncovered Wall Street's Great Foreclosure Fraud - David Dayen ('08 Financial Crisis, Corporate finance, US economics) [ep. 11]
- Crashed: How a Decade of Financial Crises Changed the World - Adam Tooze (history, economics) [ep. 34]
- Dark Money: The Hidden History of the Billionaires Behind the Rise of the Radical Right - Jane Mayer (Dark money, Kochs, US right) [ep. 107]
- The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism - Naomi Klein (economics, critique)
- Shadow Network: Media, Money, and the Secret Hub of the Radical Right - Anne Nelson (Dark Money, US Elites, US Right)
- The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI - Jonathan Beaty, S. C. Gwynne (Finance, BCCI scandal)
- The Infiltrator: The True Story of One Man Against the Biggest Drug Cartel in History - Robert Mazur (Finance, drugs, money laundering)
- Griftopia: A Story of Bankers, Politicians, and the Most Audacious Power Grab in American History - Matt Taibbi ('08 financial crisis, history)
- Capital - Karl Marx (political economy, You know what it is)
- What is to be Done - V.I. Lenin (Political organizing) [ep. 25]
- State and Revolution - V.I. Lenin (Political organizing) [ep. 25]
- No Shortcuts: Organizing for Power in the New Gilded Age - Jane McAlevey (Political organizing, Unions) [ep. 25]
- Critique of the Gotha Programme - Karl Marx (political critique) [ep. 37]
- Psychopolitics: Neoliberalism and New Technologies of Power - Byung-Chul Han (Neoliberalism, political critique) [ep. 65]
- Reclaiming the State: A Progressive Vision of Sovereignty for a Post-Neoliberal World - William Mitchell, Thomas Fazi (Neoliberalism, political critique) [ep. ??]
- Democracy Incorporated: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism - Sheldon Wolin [ep. ??]
- The Utopia of Rules: On Technology, Stupidity, and the Secret Joys of Bureaucracy - David Graeber (Bureaucracy, social critique)
- Debt: The First 5,000 Years - David Graeber (Social critique, history)
- Bullshit Jobs: A Theory - David Graeber (Social critique)
- Inventing Reality: The Politics of News Media - Michael Parenti (Media, propaganda, critique)
- The Ecology of Freedom: The Emergence and Dissolution of Hierarchy - Murray Bookchin (social, political critique)
- The Society of the Spectacle - Guy DeBord (Critical theory)
- Preliminary Materials for a Theory of the Young-Girl - Tiqqun (Critical Theory)
- Blackshirts and Reds: Rational Fascism and the Overthrow of Communism - Michael Parenti (History, critique)
- Quotations from Chairman Mao Tse-tung - Mao Zedong (political theory, organizing)
- Caliban and the Witch: Women, the Body and Primitive Accumulation - Silvia Federici (social critique, theory)
- Towards Humanity: Shifting the Culture of Anti-Racism Organizing - Tawana Petty (Social critique, political organization)
- Listen, Liberal: Or, What Ever Happened to the Party of the People - Thomas Frank (critique)
- Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media - Noam Chomsky, Edward S. Herman (media, propaganda, critique)
- Aliens in America: Conspiracy Cultures from Outerspace to Cyberspace - Jodi Dean (Conspiracism, social critique)
- Empire of Conspiracy: The Culture of Paranoia in Postwar America - Timothy Melley (Conspiracism, social critique)
- A Culture of Conspiracy: Apocalyptic Visions in Contemporary America - Michael Barkun (Conspiracism, social critique)
- Capitalist Realism: Is There No Alternative? - Mark Fisher (social critique)
- Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste - Pierre Bourdieu (social critique, culture)
- Prison Notebooks - Antonio Gramsci (Marxism, political theory, critical theory)
- On the Reproduction of Capitalism: Ideology And Ideological State Apparatuses - Louis Althusser (Marxism, ideology)
- Anti-Semite and Jew - Jean Paul Sartre (investigation of antisemitism)
- The Authoritarian Personality - Theodor Adorno, et al. (Fascism, social psychology)
- The Conquest of Bread - Peter Kropotkin (political critique, anarchism)
- Anarchy - Errico Malatesta (political critique, anarchism)
- Ur-Fascism (essay) - Umberto Eco (General principles of Fascist ideology)
Epstein, Maxwells, and Co.
- NATO in the Balkans: Voices of Opposition - Ramsey Clark (NATO, Yugolsavia, History) [ep. 25]
- Brecht and Co.: Sex, Politics, and the Making of the Modern Drama - John Fuegi (Biography, critique) [ep. 26]
- The Deluge: The Great War, America and the Remaking of the Global Order, 1916–1931 - Adam Tooze (History, economics) [ep. 34]
- An Afghanistan Picture Show: Or, How I Saved the World - William T. Vollmann (Afghanistan, memoir) [ep. 43]
- American Communism in Crisis, 1943-1957 - Joseph R. Starobin (US Leftists, History) [ep. 102]
- City of Quartz: Excavating the Future in Los Angeles - Mike Davis (social history, economy) [ep. 104]
- Ecology of Fear: Los Angeles and the Imagination of Disaster - Mike Davis (history, ecology, environment) [ep. 104]
- Late Victorian Holocausts: El Niño Famines and the Making of the Third World - Mike Davis (history, economics, political critique) [ep. 104]
- Planet of Slums - Mike Davis (history, economics, social critique) [ep. 104]
- Hezbollah: A Short History - Augustus Richard Norton (Hezbollah, history, more recent than Saad title)
- Hizbu'llah: Politics and Religion - Amal Saad-Ghorayeb (OUTDATED, New title forthcoming from same author)
- October: The Story of the Russian Revolution - China Mieville (History, Russian revolution)
- Weird Scenes Inside the Canyon: Laurel Canyon, Covert Ops & the Dark Heart of the Hippie Dream - David McGowan (Manson, 60s, Social history)
- Fear and Loathing on the Campaign Trail '72 - Hunter S. Thompson (Political Critique, history)
- Before the Storm: Barry Goldwater and the Unmaking of the American Consensus - Rick Perlstein (US politics, history, Goldwater)
- Nixonland: The Rise of a President and the Fracturing of America - Rick Perlstein (US politics, history, Nixon)
- The Invisible Bridge: The Fall of Nixon and the Rise of Reagan - Rick Perlstein (US Politics, history)
- Reaganland: America's Right Turn 1976-1980 - Rick Perlstein (US politics, history, Reagan)
- Silent Coup: The Removal of a President - Len Colodny (Nixon, Watergate)
- Secret Agenda: Watergate, Deep Throat, and the CIA - Jim Hougan (Nixon, Watergate, CIA)
- An Afghanistan Picture Show: Or, How I Saved the World - William T. Vollman (Soviet Invasion of Afghanistan, history)
- To Kill A Nation - Michael Parenti (NATO bombings of Yugoslavia)
- Bring the War Home: The White Power Movement and Paramilitary America - Kathleen Belew (White nationalism, militias, post-Vietnam history)
- Alt America: The Rise of the Radical Right in the Age of Trump - David Neiwert (History, US Patriot Movement, Tea Party, Alt-Right )
- The Rise of the Ku Klux Klan - Rory McVeigh (History, 2nd Wave Klan)
- The Rise of the Alt-Right - Thomas Main (Alt-Right, intellectual history)
- Hitler's American Model: The United States and the Making of Nazi Race Law - James Whitman (US race law and its influence in Nazi Germany)
- Everything You Love Will Burn - Vegas Tenold (White Nationalism, history, 2016 through "Unite the Right")
- Escape from Freedom by Erich Fromm (Social psychology of fascism)
- The New Right: A Journey to the Fringe of American Politics - Michael Malice (US right, history)
- Gifts of deceit: Sun Myung Moon, Tongsun Park, and the Korean scandal - Robert B Boettcher ("Moonies", history)
- The Other Side of the Sixties: Young Americans for Freedom and the Rise of Conservative Politics - John A. Andrew III (US right, YAF, 60s history)
Silicon Valley / Technology / Cyber Warfare
- Robert Maxwell, Israel's Superspy: The Life and Murder of a Media Mogul - Gordon Thomas, Martin Dillon (Mossad, dark money, Ghilsaine's Dad) [ep. 10]
- Filthy Rich: The Shocking True Story of Jeffrey Epstein: The Billionaire's Sex Scandal - James Patterson (Epstein, limited hangout?) [ep 12, 25]
- Maxwell: The Rise and Fall of Robert Maxwell and His Empire - Roy Greenslade (Biography, Mirror Scandal) [ep. 29]
- Model: The Ugly Business of Beautiful Women - Michael Gross (Jean-Luc Brunel, modeling industry, human trafficking) [ep. 42]
The Occult / Magick
- From Counterculture to Cyberculture: Stewart Brand, the Whole Earth Network, and the Rise of Digital Utopianism - Fred Turner (Silicon Valley, military-industrial complex, liberal technocracy) [ep. 18]
- World Without Mind: The Existential Threat of Big Tech - Franklin Foer (Silicon Valley, tech corporations) [ep. 18]
- Automating Inequality: How High-Tech Tools Profile, Police, and Punish the Poor - Virginia Eubanks (automation, technocracy) [ep. 18]
- Super Pumped: The Battle for Uber - Mike Isaac (Silicon Valley, tech corporations) [ep. 105]
- The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power - Shoshana Zuboff (technology) [ep. 105]
- Surveillance Valley: The Secret Military History of the Internet - Yasha Levine (technology, US empire)
- LIVE WORK WORK WORK DIE: A Journey into the Savage Heart of Silicon Valley - Corey Pein (technology, US elites)
- The Perfect Weapon: War, Sabotage, and Fear in the Cyber Age - David E. Sanger (Technology, cyber war, US empire)
- Cyberwar: How Russian Hackers and Trolls Helped Elect a President: What We Don't, Can't, and Do Know - Kathleen Hall Jamieson (Technology, media, propaganda)
- Targeted: The Cambridge Analytica Whistleblower's Inside Story of How Big Data, Trump, and Facebook Broke Democracy and How It Can Happen Again - Brittany Kaiser (Technology, media, propaganda)
- Mindf*ck: Cambridge Analytica and the Plot to Break America - Christopher Wylie (Technology, media, propaganda)
- Dark Territory: The Secret History of Cyber War - Fred Kaplan (technology, history)
- What the Dormouse Said: How the Sixties Counterculture Shaped the Personal Computer Industry - John Markoff (Silicon Valley, US Military, history)
- Bad Blood: Secrets and Lies in a Silicon Valley Startup - John Carreyrou (Theranos, Silicon Valley, medical technology)
- Dark Star Rising: Magick and Power in the Age of Trump - Gary Lachman (Trump, Magick) [ep. ??]
- Practical Angel Magic of Dr John Dee's Enochian Tables - Stephen Skinner, David Rankine (Magick) [ep. ??, livestreams]
- Sinister Forces Series - Peter Levenda (Occult history)
- Unholy Alliance: A History of Nazi Involvement with the Occult - Peter Levenda (Nazis, Occult History)
- The Book of Alchemy: Learn the Secrets of the Alchemists to Transform Mind, Body, and Soul - Francis Melville (Alchemy, Magick)
Healthcare / Medical History
- The Day After Roswell - Philip J. Corso (UFOs, Roswell)
- Mirage Men: An Adventure into Paranoia, Espionage, Psychological Warfare, and UFOs - Mark Pilkington (UFOs, media, propaganda)
- Dimensions: A Casebook of Alien Contact - Jacques Vallée (UFOs)
- Confrontations: A Scientist's Search for Alien Contact - Jacques Vallée (UFOs)
- Revelations: Alien Contact and Human Deception - Jacques Vallée (UFOs)
- Dulce Base: The Truth and Evidence from the Case Files of Gabe Valdez - Greg Valdez (Dulce Base, cattle mutilations, UFOs)
Fiction (recommended on the podcast)
- Health Justice Now: Single Payer and What Comes Next - Tim Faust (US Healthcare, single payer) [ep. 14]
- Clouds of Secrecy: The Army's Germ Warfare Tests Over Populated Areas - Leonard A. Cole (US Military, medical testing, history)
- Acres of Skin: Human Experiments at Holmesburg Prison - Allen M. Hornblum (Medical testing, prisons, history)
- The Red Market: On the Trail of the World's Organ Brokers, Bone Theives, Blood Farmers, and Child Traffickers - Scott Carney (Medical Black Market, Human trafficking)
- Double Star - Robert Heinlein [ep. Lyin' Liz]
- Nazi Literature in the Americas - Roberto Bolaño [ep. ??]
- Works of Isaac Babel [ep. 101]
- V - Thomas Pynchon [ep. ??]
- Gravity's Rainbow - Thomas Pynchon [ep. ??]
- The Illuminatus Trilogy - Robert Anton Wilson [ep. ??]
- Works of Denis Johnson [ep. ??]
Right Wing / Reactionary Thought CAVEAT:
- The Book of Honor: The Secret Lives and Deaths of CIA Operatives - Ted Gup (pro-CIA?, Ghislaine Maxwell was holding in the "In-n-Out Photo") [ep. 6, 20, 35]
- We Never Went to the Moon: America's Thirty Billion Dollar Swindle - Bill Kaysing (Father of "moon landing hoax") [ep. Moonpilled: unnumbered patreon crosspost]
- Guilt by Accusation: The Challenge of Proving Innocence in the Age of #MeToo - Alan Dershowitz (Dershowitz refutes sexual misconduct allegations) [ep. 14]
- The Californian Ideology - Richard Barbrook, Andy Cameron (essay, critique, liberal technocracy) [ep. 18]
- Programmed to Kill: The Politics of Serial Murder - David Mcgowan (Serial Killers, media, MK Ultra)
The inclusion of these titles on this list should not, in any way, be construed as an endorsement of their content or ideas. Rather, they have been included with the premise that it is important to understand, or at least be able to recognize, right wing and reactionary ideas in order to better combat them.
Some important advice from the comment where many of these titles were suggested:
"It helps to understand what the right believes and how they got there, but definitely be cautious with their books. Have someone to talk about it with so you can avoid getting sucked in."
I am sure that any user on this subreddit would be more than happy to talk with you about why the authors listed below are full of shit and/or complete psychos.
- Bronze Age Mindset - Bronze Age Pervert (Neo-reactionary, traditionalism, meme) [ep. 26]
- Zero to One: Notes on Startups, or How to Build the Future - Peter Thiel (reactionary, Silicon Valley) [ep. 105, 107]
- The Diversity Myth : Multiculturalism and Political Intolerance on Campus - David O. Sacks, Peter Thiel [ep. 107]
- Introduction to Objectivist Epistemology - Ayn Rand (Objectivism, libertarianism) [ep. 107]
- Writing of Ludwig von Mises (Austrian School economics, classical liberalism, libertarianism) [ep. ??]
- Writing of Murray Rothbard (Austrian School, libertarianism, anarcho-capitalism) [ep. ??]
- The Protocols of the Elders Zion - Unknown/Pro-Czar Russians (Antisemitism, state propaganda, fabrication)
- The Turner Diaries - William Luther Pierce as Andrew MacDonald (Racism, antisemitism, white nationalist novel)
- SIEGE - James Mason (White nationalism, Neo-nazi, Atomwaffen division)
- White Identity - Jared Taylor (White nationalism, eugenics)
- The Culture of Critique - Kevin MacDonald (Antisemitism, eugenics)
- White Power - George Lincoln Rockwell (White nationalism, Neo-nazi, ANP founder)
- The Camp of the Saints - Jean Raspail (Racism, nationalism, speculative fiction)
- For My Legionaires - Corneliu Codreanu (Autobiography, Romanian fascist, Iron Guard founder)
- The Death of the West - Patrick Buchanan (White nationalism, anti-immigration, paleoconservatism)
- Revolt Against the Modern World - Julius Evola (traditionalism, European far-right)
- The White Nationalist Manifesto - Greg Johnson (White nationalism, racism, antisemitism)
- Pamphlets - Louis-Ferdinand Céline (antisemitism, fascism)
- Imperium: The Philosophy of History and Politics - Francis Parker Yockey (Far right, prominent neo-nazi)
- The Sovereign Individual: Mastering the Transition to the Information Age - James Dale Davidson, William Rees-Mogg (Libertarianism, technology)
- Anarchy, State, and Utopia - Robert Nozick (Libertarianism)
- The Conscience of a Conservative - Barry Goldwater (US conservatism)
- Ideas Have Consequences - Richard Weaver (US conservatism, "Western decline")
- The Federalist and Anti-Federalist papers - John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton, and Alex Henry (Foundational American documents, liberalism)
- A Debt Against the Living: An Introduction to Originalism - Ilan Wurman (Constitutional originalism)
- The Road to Serfdom - Friedrich Hayek (Austrian School/Chicago School of economics, classical liberalism, market libertarianism)
- A Republic, If You Can Keep It - Neil Gorsuch (Constitutional originalism, textualism, US conservatism)
- New Deal Or Raw Deal? How FDR's Economic Legacy Has Damaged America - Burton Folsom (US conservatism, historical revisionism)
- The Myth of the Robber Barons: A New Look at the Rise of Big Business in America - Burton Folsom (US conservatism, historical revisionism)
- The National Question and the Class Struggle - Ber Borochov (Left Zionism) [ep. 25]
- Against the Fascist Creep - Alexander Reid Ross ("Red-Brown Alliance" conspiracy, revisionism) [ep. 31]
- Marxism and Other Western Fallacies: An Islamic Critique - Ali Shariati (Left-wing reactionary)
submitted by DLWhoHurtHisBalls
to TrueAnon [link] [comments]
2020.09.08 16:11 PuzzleheadedDrinker Waterworld. Part 10.
First Prev Next
As the scholar entered the shadow of Icarus, a debate had started about the iceberg.
By the time they had finished launching the solar observatory platform and sent the first probe towards the star, other scientists had proposed half a dozen models of how to create an iceberg.
While the Artilect crew members ran probe data through supercomputers at speeds no organic could handle, an ambitious engineer on Hades offered to break up the iceberg with an orbital strike. The Dalos spokesperson argued, with wisdom paid for in blood and loss, for a less environmentally damaging response.
When the scholar deployed an upgraded relay station over Icarus and broke orbit for the long journey back to Pelagian, He had his answer.
A choice as difficult and as powerful as anybody had faced since the first ship had entered the Lambda Aurigae system.
While still on approach to return to Heraklion he joined into the government's month long tele conference.
The data was solid. Too many of the citizens of Pelagian were of scientific backgrounds to miss the obvious.
While mother Sol had been watched carefully for thousands of years. Sunspots, as magnetised heavy element clumping on the photosphere, were understood to be part of the 11 year solar maximum - minimum cycle.
Lambda Aurigae did not have an 11 year cycle. Lambda Aurigae had a far longer period at solar maximum, a far longer period at solar minimum and a rapid transition between them.
With a Luminosity of 1.7 Sol and a radius of 1.3 Sol the larger star had a correspondingly wider green zone for survivable planets. Pelagian was at the inner edge of that green zone during solar maximum.
When solar minimum was reached the scholar predicted that their world would be at the outer edge of a much narrower green zone. It was going to get cold.
There were other dangers that would occur during the transition. Some could be predicted, others less so.
A planetary wide vote was taken.
To weather the storm or evacuate to Sol.
Perhaps unsurprisingly the vote to stay passed by a tidal wave.
Teams of specially equipped Cetacean uplifts dived into the task of measuring the oceans. The thermal flows, the tidel exchanges and the seafloor depths.
Although largely solitary like their ancestors Cephalopods uplifts often formed complimentary engineering projects. With their environment threatened in an extremely unique way they began finding unique solutions. For every type of ocean based community on the planetary surface they developed tools and safeguards for everything from king tides to sea quakes to rising reef beds to solar flares.
The moon colonies on Hades and Midas took steps to borrow deeper beneath the airless surface of their rocky worlds. Some of the excess material from the rapid expansion was used to bury parts of the surface installation. Some of the material was used to build solar energy systems covering as much surface area as possible. Although radioactive materials provided abundant power supplies preparations were made to ensure those fuel supplies lasted as long as possible.
Some of the materials processed from Midas were shipped to Dalos and Knossos to reinforce their connections to the sea floor.
Knossos, now a city state spread over 16,635 square kilometers of floating platforms and chandelier habitats, replaced and supplemented it's century old moorings to the undersea mountain range with both flexible anchor chains and rigid pillars that double as airlocks and elevators deep into the still largely untapped mineral rich uplifted continental crust.
Dalos had a different problem. Built around a central spine, the various layers of habitats and life support modules of the mostly baseline human population were tied together in a carefully engineered system of tether cables, connecting structures and atmospheric storage bladders that allowed the module to float or sink by natural buoyancy to a desired layer on the city's spine.
While everyone worked hard to prepare their homes and lifestyles for a rapidly changing environment, orbital observations confirmed that as the south pole iceberg got larger the sea level began to noticeably drop. 30 centimetres in the first decade, on track for another 50 centimetres drop in the second.
As Governor Reginald Dallas Brooks, 3rd wave settler, a cyberist who had gradually replaced his own body with upgrades over nearly 80 years before taking an engineering post on the Linelayer that had carried the E-R bridge from Sol, stepped into the hectic role of 23rd planetary governor after the briefest elections, and during the wettest and coldest northern hemisphere winter on record, that Heraklion had ever seen.
He was the first to announce that another iceberg had been detected at the north pole.
submitted by PuzzleheadedDrinker
to HFY [link] [comments]
2020.09.01 06:49 lowberry I am in dire need of help, I don't feel safe in my own home, and never have (living with my"ex" abuser) he feeds off of me and my mother and siblings, all while lining his pockets and tearing our family apart via divide and conquer. I am the beating heart of a 8 sibling family, and its been 30+ yrs
I literally have no idea where to start, and I suffer from multiple severe chronic conditions and im need of psychiatric and medical help and counselling that I dont have access to due to finances.
FK it is so hard to do this and my memory is fried from trauma, and medications/drugs, sleep deprivation etc. I've been put in a psych ward several times and it was absolute hell and they cannot cater to my specific needs and I cant even voice how bad the situation is.
I am a 2nd child (have one older sister), 8 siblings total, 50/50 male to female ratio 4 guys 4 girls aged 17-31, (I just turned 30 a month ago and have been going downhill ever since). My parents met each other in Japan, My mom is a caucasian/mixed/creole/native american/irish/italian/a little sub saharan etc (we did ancestry tests at one point and got like over a dozen different regions and ethnicities and found some surprises. Point is, lets go back to the late 80s, which is when my parents met.
my mother has been practicing shotokan karate, under one of the greatest japenese senseis to live, since she was a child/teen, and is now still extremely dedicated to it and she herself is bipolar, but she is like a 6th degree black belt now and her sensei is kinda like the father she never had, but he is a japanese very strict shotokan karate master and has always been hard on her as she is like his golden student, but he treats her like shit. anyways going back to sometime in the late 80s my parents met in Tokyo/Japan and both were there for their love of karate I guess. the thing is they come from completely different, dare i say incompatible backgrounds.
My mom was born and raised in the deep south USA and our familiy ancestry goes back generations on her side. Her father (my grandfather) was a navy veteran and Lawyer most of his life, now retired (hes in his late 80s now if im not mistaken) and my 'father' came to japan from being raised in a ghetto refugee camp in Kuwait (his parents were exiled from palestine in '48 and are scattered in jordan and kuwait mostly now). but he was the oldest son, and he was a mommas boy and his dad struggling to make ends meet after exile living in a refugee camp would just save and save for him, even though they had very little money and were very illiterate they put their first born son ahead of themselves, sent him to canada for 'college' which was a sham more or less (I dont know details on this as I was never close to my dad and he was never a father to me, just an evil abuser to me and my mom
Tldr; they came from completely different worlds, my mom was raised in the catholic church and by a single dad, as her mom died at 7 due to some dr malpractice at the time, which my grandpa sued them for and only got like 25k or pennies back then, the early 70s I guess. my dad was raised with illiterate parents (who actually deeply cared for him and were good loving parents to him) his dad passed away a while ago, his mom is still alive and living in jordan, and he has been sending her money there **** enter a whole nother issue, my dad ever since meeting my mom in tokyo and marrying her (the green card was probably a huge part of his motivation, because if Ive ever seen love, this isnt it, he showed red flag signs of abuse from day one after they met and would smack her around for just looking/talking to guys in japan. Anyways they end deciding to get married, my mom was a weak vulnerable woman who grew up in the catholic church with no mother, and a chauvanistic father (she has one younger sibling, male in his late 40s and is a crack addict, and his father has always favored him and enabled him in certain ways, and still does to this day, hes a grown almost 50 yr old man and my grandfather gave him a property and pays his rent and gives him an allowance, which is kinda driving my mom and all of us crazy, hes a trickster and selfish junkie, but he is an absolute ANGEL compared to my dad.
Anyways some more TLDR: my parents moved together to my moms home in the deep (southeast us, I dont wanna get too specific and dox myself? but the city we grew up in played a huge role).
my mom was on a spiritual journey and did all kinds of research on different religions and being raised in the catholic church took a huge toll on her, my dad was an illiterate palestinian refugee who was never a real 'muslim' and knew very little about his own religion but he forced his cultural backwardsness on all of us. (beating his wife into a pulp when I was younger, and id sit there and have to watch and I was his biggest victim (I dont want to be, but I was always an innocent empathetic child, and me and my mom have been badly beaten and abused by him throughout my upbringing, I was his literal punching bag ever since I was like 7 years old, and as a kid all I wanted was to live a normal american life. my mom converted to islam sometime after meeting my dad, not due to him, but because she met an american convert who was very pious (Mohammed Dawood'david') and he was married to a bengali woman and had a bunch of kids and my mom was obsessed with their lifestyle of fundamentalist islam or whatever (this man was very pious and pure and a white man raised in the us who dedicated his life to islam - and my mom wanted to emulate his lifestyle and strove for perfection with the right intentions at the time, and all of this was pushed mostly on me and my older sister as kids. we were never in the same schools, the longest ive been in a school for was grade 1-4 in a local pulic grammar school, after that my mom/parents changed me from school to school every year, and my moms main goal seemed to be to keep us out of 'mixed schools', and was willing to put me into an all boys christian private school at one point to 'keep me away from girls and keep my purity and 'virginity'. (she had good intentions, and she knew much more about islam than my illerate backwards cultural dad did, and he just used his 'culture' as an excuse to pretend to push these sick ideals on me and older sister and all of us, but I had it the worst.
my first year of school was in kindergarten and it was in jordan, my father flew us all out there for a 'vacation' and that was really tough being the only 'white' american kid, and I have vague memories of that, after we caem back some 6 months later or so, my parents put me in different islamic schools, and homeschools out of some womans apartment, but basically all were scams, and I just couldnt have a normal all american life and go to normal middle schools and high school.... (all cuz my mom(and dad) wanted to keep me out of mixed schools, so I went through a lot of bullying, in islamic schools here in the US and being taken abroad to study kindergarden and 3rd grade at one point, which led to lots of bullying and culture shock and me unable to try and focus on my studies. (before all this bs, and I went to a regular grammar school from grade 1-4, I was always on the honor roll and had good grades), after switching me to these weird homeschools and islamic schools probably being run illegally my mental cognitive abilities started to decline, even though I was very talented in some areas.
due to trauma, which among other things caused blank spots in my memory it is very hard for me to remember and picture events from the past. All I can mostly remember is being stomped on, kneed in the stomach by my father who is a 6'2 220lb 7th degree karate black belt and he would take out all his anger on me and when he wasnt out 'working' (he has owned mutliple businesses, started with a wholesale business that I worked for him first when he decided to take me out of school when i was barely 14 and supposed to be going into 9th grade, but for a year as a 14 yr old, who was never allowed to make friends (esp with 'christians and jews') and god forbid girls (my mom is bipolar again and sick in her own way and always used to preach to me to never talk to girls or look a girl in the eye, to the point where female teachers called and asked why I wasnt making eye contant, which I struggle with to this day, now not just females but with everyone as my anxiety and panic disorder and social phobia is out of control and im on wayy too much meds (benzos that if I try and stop ill get deadly seizure and withdrawals)
there is so much context to this and my brain is fried and I rarely have the cognitive abilities or 'confidence', energy, motivation etc to talk about this with even strangers, let apart real people.
One very important part that molded this family for the rest of our lives, was around 2005 sometime, maybe 2 weeks before katrina hit (we didnt know it was coming), my parents finally after threatning and scaring us for months and years, decided to uproot our lives to Jordan, indefinitely. my 1st born older sister and me 2nd born, took the blunt trauma of this, and it was a complete culture shock, we went from living in suburban america (in my maternal grandfathers house which is where all the abuse took place, and still does, and where I am stuck living to this day, after emotional blackmail and trauma put me in this position where im debilitated by my mental illnesses. Anyways we ended up living in jordan for 4 years (all while we as innocent kids just wanted to go back home and live a normal american life) I did high school there with my older sister and some of the younger siblings eventually, and it was basically a fake daycare type 'international/american' school which attracted a lot of arab-american spoiled, entitled brats, who wanted to do nothing but study. that school is called oxford and located in amman jordan (and they have changed drastically since we were 'studying there'), given all the circumcumstances and this is when my depressive symptoms and anxiety were coming out in full force, having to fight off gangs of bullys. the school was in a better part of jordan and a 1-2 hr drive to get there and back, and I was stuck on the streets as a teen 15-18 trying to figure out things for myself, not knowing when or if i would ever be able to come back home to america.
but ater almost 2 years of struggle I made the most of it, and tried my best to learn the culture and language, I had no money, (my dad has businesses that were thriving at the time, but he has always saved every penny and hid it from our family and still does to this say, he co-owns a shell gas station, which is his major source of income i I guess, but he has been planning and plotting for his selfish future and plans on going back home to jordan where he has tons of money saved up that our family never got to see. my mom was a housewife taking care of 8 kids, and the house we live in, belongs to her grandfather who is a good man and has been saving for his kids' future my mom and her bro, but he has given properties and money and spent all kinds of money on legal issues on my trickster junkie crack addict uncle his entire life and pays all his bills and pays for his crack addiction but is in denial about it. while my mom gets zero, and my dad is a huge conman, and had mutliple busniness, some even in my name fraudelently which is fking me over later in life, but he worked in wholesale to start and would use his sociopathic manipulative charm to trick these companies into giving him 5-6 figures worth of merchandise in wholesale goods where he would sell, and supposedly make the money back, but he is selfish and my mom is naive and never knew anything about money or what her rights were.
he is extremely controlling and emotionally and psychologically abusive, he is a huge compulsive and pathological liar, he has chosen 'favorites, my younger brother 'AJ" who was diagnosed with diabetes while in jordan, my mom had to fly him to america for treatment and that day was one of the most top 5 trauatizing of my life, my dad knew my mom was gona and couldnt try to protect me, and used his extreme huge hands and karate strength to slap the shit out of me non stop for hours until I had purple handprints all over my face and had to lock myself in a room for weeks cuz I was scared to go out and let people see, my whole face was bruised black and purple with huge detailed handprints, and he did this all for nothing, just because he could get away with it, I was always his punching bag and he used his karate submissions and stomps and moves to inflict torture on me as a kid all to make himself feel more powerful. Now he has 2-3 main favorites, AJ(my middle bro, I think 22-23) and he favored him from day one because he had 'blonde' hair and light skin and admitted this, and 'noop' nickname for the youngest female sibling, who he has babied and given her affection and treats her like a queen and gives her anything she asks for, (its like hes a huge simp/cuck for her in a sick way) and she doesnt like him and has severe daddy issues. and is now a prositute, along with my 3 other sisters now. (2 really learned about this sugar daddy stuff, and realized their beauty and what their body is worth like 2 yrs ago or so they are like 20 and 22 now and not to be arrogant but they look like supermodels, almost perfect, a lot of us look good on the outside, but are suffering on the inside. they are soooooo much bettter than this and it kills me to see what theyre having to resort to, because my dad kicked them out of the house (he used to force them to wear hijabs and whatnot but esp abusive arabic culture and never showed them love or was a father or told them how pretty they were, and now he says he hopes they die, mostly cuz hes triggered theyre out of the house and not reliant on him)
I have noticied something severely wrong with this family ever since i was 6-7 and was a very shy weak vulnerable kid that was raised to be obedient like a dog, by both parents in different ways, but the difference is my mom had good intentions and is mentally ill, and my father is a sociopath/narcissitic/tricksteconman and has been leeching off of us and using divide and conquer techniques to tear our family (siblings apart), I was never shown love, I was never hugged or kissed as a kid, I never hugged any of my siblings and dont know what that is like although I care for them deeply.
I dont know where to go with this because im really suicidal, I care deeply for my mom and siblings, but I have developed major mental illnesses that are completely debilitating and all I do is lay in bed and try to watch anything 'entertaining' to make the time go by, although nothing is entertaining and every moment is painful. and I am heavily dependent on medications I shouldve never gotten myself on in the first place.
when we all came back from jordan in around '18 or so, I had plans (even had been planning with a classmate in jordan I could relate to who was my best friend at the time, to go live with him and study in texas when we finally left jordan)....... I ended up working in a sweatshop for my dads conman wholesale warehouse business like 60-80 hrs a week and getting paid minimum wage. I wanted to go to college, but I was not about to do so while living in this chaotic environment, so I chose maybe work you ass off for now, buy a car and try to move out later. (back then when I was finally turning 20, I went to visit my friend in texas, after working my ass off hard labor and saving a good amount of money and buying a car, but I was a diff. person, I was weak, I was beaten into submission. I felt like I had to ask my mom (and dad) for 'permission' to leave and get their approval even tho i had just turned 20. (and when I visited my friend in texas, we partied and I experienced what life could be like out of this toxic family for once and for all and was soooo hopeful that I would get out)
anyways I took my mom aside after getting back from the vaction with my friend from highschool (in jordan) who lived in dallas (i drove myself there and back), and came back to ask permission to leave and pursue my studies, hobbies and interests, and my mom (and dad) immediately snapped and double teamed me, but i was mostly pleading to my mom because I felt like I needed her approval for evertying, and she said "You will NOT ever leave this house until you get married", "You arent allowed to, it goes against islam (which wasnt even true), my mom just had this weird type of over protective thing over me from when i was a 7-8 yr old child+ she would give me speeches everyday to stay away from females, do not talk to them, do not look at them in the eyes, even cordial. and it traumatized me and made me run away from girls when I was in high school in jordan and Im 30, and have never had a girlfriend or known love, while everyone else in my family is thriving to one degree or another because my mom didnt enforce this on them..... cuz apparently she would say im her 'favorite' and really used that to overprotect me, which basically made me extremely oppressed and got me abused and treated worse. I never was allowed to make my own decisions as a child teen or adult, even for basic things, I wanted to join the football team, but she didnt let me because she thought I would get hurt.
there is so much context being left out and I could write a book. but my life is in immediate danger right now, and sadly being reliant on others (toxic environment) for a place to stay since im debilitated and mind you ive tried moving out when I was capable but I was beaten down, the moment they told me no and you have to get married, I told my mom I need to see a psychiatrist ASAP and get on Any medications, and I did just that, go on SSRIs and benzos which I didnt need when I was 19 (btw my first diagnosis officially thru a psychiatrist, was Major depressive disorder, and social phobia, and PTSD) - which has now manifested into something wayyyy worse than anyone can fathom
I DO NOT want to live for a second longer and I do not know how much longer I can hang in there, I am only (and have been for years) staying alive because I am an extreme empath and I dont want to tear apart my family, destroy my mom, which would possibly lead to a domino effect and destroy lives of some innocent siblings who dont deserve this. I have been talking to my mom about divorcing my dad for years, but its almost too late at this point apart from her not budging or taking it seriously, he has used this families resources to empower himself and line his pockets and he thrives off of certain peoples suffering (including me and my mom mostly) while treating the youngest girl and his golden boy like kings and queens (learned behaviour) because he knows he needs them as they are all he has left and has ostracized his entire family away from him and my beutiful younger sisters are engaging in dangerous bahviour and working as 'escorts', which is damaging them further, but they are almost forced to as they were kicked out as minors from my dad (for taking their hijabs off and trying to go out and be normal) and now do what they have to do to survive. meanwhile im stuck in the house where I was abused living across the hall from my evil father who everytime i hear or see him my heart drops and I get panic attacks. he used to inflict all kinds of torture methods on me as a kid in the past, and I never had a hug or kiss from him or my mom Idk what love is.
I have been on dozens of antidepressants of every class, ssris, snris, maois, TCAs, atypical, antipsyotic, self medicating which I regret in hindsight but it was my only way to survive living as part of this abusive toxic household. the upbringing/abuse ruined my entire city for me and I just want to get away and get mental health treatment from qualified professionals that have access to treatment and medication that can actually help me and are willing to make it.
I have also been through 18-20 sessions of Electro shock therapy as a last resort (well id been trying to get my 'medicaid' to approve it for years) in late 2018/early 2019. I was hospitalized and put into a psych ward and experiemented on by dcotors who did things all the wrong way and made me go cold turkey off of dangerous meds ive been on for years in around 2016 (this is a huge story, that traumatized me and gave me brain damage)
I dont know where to stop because im worried people are just not going to understand certain things without full context so feel free to ask questions. ( I am known for disappearing and being stuck in bed in too much physical/psychological pain/anxiety/suicidality and withdrawals from meds im trying to taper off of) But I seriously need help, and im giving myself maybe 30 days I dont have adequate healthcare, no support system, and I will constantly get worse as long as im relying on this family in one way or another. I wish I could do something like ibogaine, and ayahuasca, consult with a shaman and get away. this is my LAST ditch effort, feel free to ask questions, idk if ill be back. my family is going through some serious hard times all while my evil abuser(father) is lining his pockets and sending all his money to jordan and plotting and planning on a very luxurious retirement and possibly re marriage, after everything he has done to tear our family apart, and barely spent a penny on us while his businesses where flourishing(and are right now, which is the only reason hes here) - he has been cheating the tax system, and conning companies out of credit and loans for decades, borrowed 6 figures of cash from my grandpa (moms dad who is now dying and that money was supposed to be my moms inheritance) and is just playing us all, and is still very controlling, we are starving and he barely pays the bills all while living rent free in my moms/(grandfathers) home, where my great grandparents used to live (which is absolutely deteriorating and rotting and falling apart sadly and infested with roaches and rats
TLDR: should I make another tldr? I was dealt a shit hand at life, and I guess im a weak person and was trained to be like a dog by my abusers who had no business raising children in the first place, I have 7 other gorgeous siblings who could all be models/very successful if given the right oppurtunity, but sadly many have turned to crime and could be doing way better for themselves, while some are doing ok. Rn, im the only one suffering from this extreme Major depressive disorder, panic/anxiety(social/general), and I am at an all time low and recently kinda lost everything more or less (although I never really had much to begin with). I am ready to face whatever is in the 'afterlife' if it exists, and cant keep going on scraping day by day doing illegal things to try and pay for medications I need cuz i dont have proper healthcare. I know everyone says this, but I think I may have one of the worst cases of major depressive disorder (comorbid with other things) in the country. my room is piled in 2ft of trash and I lay in the dark 24/7 trying to sleep or do anything to pass time on my laptop, but every second is painful, my teeth are also rotting and im going thru some severe physical pains as well.
I know im a 30 year man, but im in a position where im nearly a complete vegetable and I cannot help myself at all, and dont have the finances to do so if I wanted to. Like Id be willing to check myself in some sort of facility in a heartbeat if I knew they could help me. but im skeptical after bad experiences where I live, and now I have a lot more going on than psychological, chemical dependencies and broken neurotransmitters.
I just thought Id reach out to the community (reddit in general) who has helped me before in the past one last time, before I make a serious move and end up destroying my life and a bunch of others which could have ended up being really successful hardworking people. my brain and cognitive abilities are fried. I probably chose the wrong sub for this. Feel free to ask questions. I need help, I need a psychiatrist and therapist, but ideally I would like to have my life uprooted, move far away from my family and try to re-integrate into society through years of mental help and therapy etc, because I have only been going downhill for years, and my family has been content with it more or less as long as they are thriving or living out their hedonistic desires all while ive been laying in the same dark bedroom across the hall from my abuser for the past 5-8 years (really my entire life, but past 5+ yrs ive been very debilitated and bedridden)
Does anyone out there care enough to help, I would like to meet other people like me. I hate where I live, my upbringing ruined it for me. my license is suspended and thats something I really need to get a leg up.
Feel free to comment, ask questions, advice, offer help (nothing ignorant or insensitive please) - at least talk to me and get some context force cuz I left out a whole lot, I think I left out the part where I was driven to (and constantly threeatened of being put in it for years) an islamic fundamentalist sharia law type boarding school right here in deep south USA when I was only 10-11 years old, for a year, no academics, just quran memorization, it was run by pakistanis, and I was being badly abused, but as the only 'white kid' everyone turned a blind eye.
Im not going to make it and if I dont get an intervention from outside sources who are compassionate and empathic and educated on mental illness and understanding and most of all people who have been through similar traumas and experiences. But ever since I was a child/teen, All I wanted was a normal american life, like to go to regular schools, and make friends, and be allowed to actually make friends with people who were non-muslim, and potentially talk to girls (which at this point is something idk if ill ever be able to do cuz my mom really did a number on me, as if she wanted me all to herself). I didnt want perfection like my mom (who is now a completely diff person, rides a motorcycle and smokes weed and is kinda having a (late)mid life crisis like me.
I just wanted to be like the other kids and be a regular american kid and not come home to being abused on stomped on by my sociopath father who still emotionally abuses this family, thru blackmail, divide and conquer etc playing on our ignorance and naivety. anyways if I dont get uprooted and get serious help in a month idk if ill make it, ive been wanting to ask reddit for help for years but my situation is sooooo mulitfaceted and theres so much context to it, and im worried people will misunderstand some things given the little context, and respond with insensitive things that ive heard a million times. "You need to grab life by the bootstraps and get over it", "you neeed to reframe your mindset", "all you need is some pussy" - I wish, but my sex drive is completely dead and I cant even get hard. "you need to just start going to the gym again, just do it, etc"
this might be my final call for help, im gonna stop now cuz this is getting really un organized and I dont think anyone is gonna read all this, and I havent even covered the tip of the iceberg. its sad but when your someone who comes from extreme poverty, money can be a solution to LOTS of your problems and can bring 'happiness' or relief to some extent. in my case, it could probably save me if utilized correctly and used it to get the proper doctors and rehab.
Btw I didnt mention that ive been an Agnostic since I was 14-15, being raised in a muslim household, and I had to live a double life for years and that was an extreme struggle and I have struggles with spirituality and feel there may be a higher power, but my upbringing of fundamentalist islam forced on me as a kid growing up in the us (I had to wear distacha and koofi) to school and other places as a kid which led to more bullying and me feeling like an outside in my own country.
If you think im nearly a lost cause tell me, you prob wont now, but if you knew the details regarding my mental health and chemical dependencies and withdrawals and suffering you'd prob think so. sadly the only way I can look for help for myself is if I had a chunk of money, or a sponsor and support system willing to take me away from my family and try to re integrate me into society. I know if I ever get out of this (im hopeless and dont think I ever will, esp actually be happy or normal), I will be a great powerful wise person capable of doing great things and helping many others.
idk what else to say or if ill even be able to check back, i will try though. someone please help me, I dont necessarily want to live right now, but ive been struggling to pull through for family, who honestly some of do not deserve me and have been very selfish, while others have been angles. but yeah thats my dad with his divide and conquer tactics. my mom needs to divorce him and figure out her rights. idk
if anyone were to ever help me I would be forever grateful and I will never forget you, and I will let you into my beautiful family and give you credit for everything you've done. I think people are just too greedy and this world is too evil. I wish people could be humble, kind and honest and loving, (that is me, but that is the opposite of certain people in my family).
submitted by lowberry
to depression [link] [comments]
2020.08.29 21:10 Someone-00 Guns, the medical profession, and bad history Part 2: The Wild West, the medical establishment and gun control, and Guns in peacetime
Continued fromPart 1
Continuing from where we left off, we enter the arena of crime from the Wild West to the present day. Faria points to the Wild West, as well as Kennesaw and Orlando's gun approaches as ideal while castigating (again) other countries for gun laws that enabled crime. He also lashes out at the medical community (specifically the CDC) for bias against guns, and brings back the gun-free zone tropes, among many others. The Wild West and US Crime
Faria and his colleague Dr. Robert Young first point to the Wild West, Young stating that:
He easily debunks the myth of the Old West as territories terrorized by non-stop gunfights, when the greatest role of firearms was their use by citizens to suppress outlaw violence.
Ironically, in taking on one common misconception, the two fall into another. While the Old West certainly was not as violent as the countless John Wayne, Gary Cooper, and Clint Eastwood films would have people believe, it was not due to light gun restrictions at all. Adam Winkler,
a Professor of Law at UCLA, claims that
Frontier towns — places like Tombstone, Deadwood, and Dodge — actually had the most restrictive gun control laws in the nation. In fact, many of those same cities have far less burdensome gun control today then they did back in the 1800s. ... A check? That’s right. When you entered a frontier town, you were legally required to leave your guns at the stables on the outskirts of town or drop them off with the sheriff, who would give you a token in exchange. You checked your guns then like you’d check your overcoat today at a Boston restaurant in winter. Visitors were welcome, but their guns were not.
Frontier towns like those in Arizona and Kansas actually had stricter laws then than they do today. The result? As many as two murders per year
. Winkler even mentions how the first law passed in Dodge City was a gun control law, and that in many frontier towns, only law enforcement could carry weapons around. Young and Faria, however, would have their audiences believe the opposite, that every citizen carried a gun (never mind that most arrests were for illegal gun ownership) and stopped criminals.
Applying the same lessons to the modern day, the doctors mention cases on the local level. In Orlando Florida, for instance, they allege that after a gun training program for women was heavily publicized from 1966-1967, that rape dropped to near-zero levels. Another example is Kennesaw, Georgia, which saw a drastic decline in burglaries after requiring each citizen own a gun in 1982. In both these cases, however, they omit important details. For starters, in Orlando, recorded rapes reached 0 in 1963
(before the program) and declined sharply in 1965, again before the program. As for the 1967 drop, keep in mind that these are recorded
rapes. There could be more that occurred. I would mention some more research done by the guys at Science Blogs
, but I'm not sure how trustworthy it is, so feel free to look at it and come to your own conclusions.
Kennesaw is also used as an example of why high gun ownership deters crime. In 1982, the city passed a law requiring that every household be armed. Fast forward a few years and burglaries dropped, with an 80% decline by 1985. Of course, what some proponents of the Kennesaw approach forget to mention is that 1981, the year before the law was passed, saw a 75% spike in burglaries.
The years before were far lower in burglaries. Could Kennesaw's approach have prevented a burglary increase
? Perhaps. But to simply promote this approach when placed into the grand scheme of things is a tad irresponsible. Gun restrictions and crime abroad
Faria and his fellow doctors then scorn Europe for essentially enabling gun laws. Australia and Europe have seen many mass shootings (the Norway massacre coming to mind), Dr Young stating
Rising violent crime in Great Britain and Europe tells the tale of their increasingly restrictive gun control laws, even to forbidding self-defense.
Really? Because according to the EU, police-recorded murders and robberies have declined by 30% and 34%
, respectively, between 2008 and 2018. Another canard that rears it's ugly head is
Australians learned the lessons of indiscriminate, draconian gun control laws the hard way. In 1996, a criminally insane man shot to death 35 people at a Tasmanian resort. The government immediately responded by passing stringent gun control laws, banning most firearms, and ordering their confiscation. More than 640,000 guns were seized from ordinary Australian citizens. As a result, there was a sharp and dramatic increase in violent crime against the disarmed law-abiding citizens, who, in small communities and particularly in rural areas, were now unable to protect themselves from brigands and robbers. That same year in the state of Victoria, for example, there was a 300% increase in homicides committed with firearms. The following year, robberies increased by almost 60% in South Australia. By 1999, assaults had increased by almost 20% in New South Wales. 2 years following the gun ban/confiscation, armed robberies had risen by 73%, unarmed robberies by 28%, kidnappings by 38%, assaults by 17%, and manslaughter by 29%, according to the Australian Bureau of Statistics.”
Oh yeah? Because the Harvard Injury Control Research Center found that:
- “While 13 gun massacres (the killing of 4 or more people at one time) occurred in Australia in the 18 years before the NFA, resulting in more than one hundred deaths, in the 14 following years (and up to the present), there were no gun massacres.”
- “In the seven years before the NFA (1989-1995), the average annual firearm suicide death rate per 100,000 was 2.6 (with a yearly range of 2.2 to 2.9); in the seven years after the buyback was fully implemented (1998-2004), the average annual firearm suicide rate was 1.1 (yearly range 0.8 to 1.4).”
- “In the seven years before the NFA, the average annual firearm homicide rate per 100,000 was .43 (range .27 to .60) while for the seven years post NFA, the average annual firearm homicide rate was .25 (range .16 to .33).”
- “[T]he drop in firearm deaths was largest among the type of firearms most affected by the buyback.”
In fact, this chart
actually speaks for itself. The claim that Australians were assailed by crime after losing their guns is indeed bullshit. Crime did rise in the immediate aftermath for certain, yet in 2002, more restrictions were passed, and crime declined. You cannot argue that crime grew due to the gun ban when in the long run (and after more restrictions) it is lower than it was before the restrictions.
Swtizerland is used as an example of a safe country where gun ownership is legal. Yet Faria fails to mention some important details. Laws and referendums passed in 1999 and 2011
actually strengthened restrictions. From 1999-2010, Swiss gun laws were passed/amended that resembled those of their European neighbors. Since 1997, people with a "violent or dangerous attitude" are forbidden from owning firearms. Licensing is also implemented.
Another claim that pops up is that Europe has higher mass shooting rates than the US:
“In fact, America is not the worst country for mass shootings and does not even make it to the top ten, despite the record number of guns in the hands of Americans. For example France, Norway, Belgium, Finland, and the Czech Republic, all have more deaths from mass shootings than the U.S., and in fact, from 2009 to 2015, the European Union had 27 percent more casualties per mass shooting incidents than the U.S.
This would work, yet Faria likely included the Paris massacre of 2015, committed by members of a terror cell (as opposed to lone wolves). According to gun rights advocate John Lott
, the countries listed had higher per capita
shooting deaths, not total deaths (except for Norway and France). Of course, this methodology has come under fire. Adam Lankford argues that according to Lott:
the Northern Mariana Islands has a mass shooting rate more than 100 times greater than that of the United States, even though the Northern Mariana Islands had only one qualifying incident from 1998–2012, according to their findings (2019, 66). By Lott and Moody’s view, the smaller the population of the place where a mass shooting occurs, the larger the rate, and presumably the risk. The same logic would suggest that Sutherland Springs, Texas—which is the home of approximately 600 people but saw 26 killed in a terrible 2017 church shooting—must be one of the most dangerous places in the world, rather than the spot of a tragic aberration.
True, Norway and France did have deadlier tragedies than the US, but how often do they happen? To Norway, the very idea of such an incident was unheard of. The 2011 shooting rampage was no doubt infamous in part because of just how out-of-left-field it was.
Lott also earned criticism from Lankford for other issues. While his studies insist that the US has more mass murders, Lankford has published a study pointing out that the US produces more mass killers worldwide, criticizing Lott for placing terrorist organizations (an each member involved in an attack) in the same category as individual mass killers:
Studying attacks by the Lord’s Resistance Army will not help us understand and prevent the next Virginia Tech shooting, or vice versa. If all participants in group violence were counted, that would also result in the inclusion of many people who were far less lethal than public mass shooters who personally killed four or more victims themselves. Should all 28 guardsmen who were reportedly involved in four deaths at Kent State in 1970 be labeled public mass shooters, even though they averaged killing 0.14 victims each? Should they all be put in the same category as mass shooters from Parkland, Sandy Hook, and Las Vegas who personally killed 17, 27, and 58 victims, respectively? To analyze these distinct forms of violence together would be a textbook example of comparing apples and oranges.
Overall, to compare the actions of the Virginia Tech, Parkland, Sandy Hook, and Las Vegas killers, individuals driven by mental illness, infamy, violent personalities, and other factors, to the Lord's Resistance Army, a terrorist organization lead by a religious extremist that is a party to a military conflict, is more than likely to skew the results. The Medical Establishment and Other claims
One area where Faria, Young, and their ilk also lambast the CDC as partisan and biased. Yet while the CDC before the Dickey Amendment did have some PR issues
(and perhaps some honesty troubles
). Yet to throw the baby out with the bathwater would be absurd. While the CDC certainly came off as partisan in interviews (such as wanting guns to be as frowned on as smoking), the fact that these interviews in 1994 occurred when the US has a record-high homicide rate omits the context needed. They criticize Arthur Kellerman as fallacious for finding that gun ownership increases likelihood of being killed, yet neglect that scores of peer-reviewed materials
that corroborate Kellerman's research. Many of these doctors have also insisted that they are not trying to ban guns
, yet DRGO insists the opposite. Instead, they praise the research of Gary Kleck, who is best known for a 1995 study that projected around 2 million defensive gun uses per year. While the CDC's staff were certainly biased, Faria seems too willing to overlook the flaws in Kleck's research. Furthermore, an analysis of Kleck's 1995 study was done by David Hemenway of the Harvard Injury Control Research Center
, and it stated that many criminals would have to have been sent to the hospital or testify that they were shot by someone in self-defense. He also recorded multiple uses that were "socially undesirable" and even illegal escalations. If millions of Americans did in fact defend themselves, scores of criminals would be dead or injured, yet interviews found that most were harmed by other criminals.
Also attacked is the use of "children as victims of gun violence" argument. Dr. Young states that such wording is used to elicit sympathy for victims who are often 14+ in age and often involved in gang shootings. Yet from 1980-2000
, 42% of juvenile firearm deaths were aged 12 or under. Furthermore, While teens had higher rates, those who were younger also had high chances of death by firearm.For example, 10-year-old victims in this period actually had a 50% chance of death by firearm. Gun Free-Zones and defensive gun use
Faria throws around some more nonsense, like the claim that television caused a massive crime boom in Canada, South Africa, the USA, etc. However, I'm not really going to cover it here (maybe-emphasis on maybe-in another post, although I'm sure most people will agree with the outcome). Instead, I'm going to focus on Faria's claims regarding Concealed Carry and related subject matter.
I already touched on the claim of millions of Americans use guns in self-defense. As such, my focus will be on the myth of the "gun-free zone" and other defensive gun use myths. Faria points to Chicago as an example, even though the past 10 years have seen
these laws loosened and concealed carry legalized, yet crime has spiked
(although not without decreasing first in other years). Los Angeles and New York City have stricter laws and for the most part have had lower murder rates. He also insists that before the Civil War, states enabled "constitutional carry". This has partial basis, yet states such as Tennessee, as far back as 1821
, penalized people who would "degrade themselves by carrying around a banned weapon such as a pistol". Alabama and Georgia also had gun control legislation enacted as far back as 1837 and 1839, and some have done so for even longer. As far back as colonial times, bans on conceal carry have been in various states. Constitutional carry has always been a part Vermont since it's founding, yet that was the only state, and the concept itself only really experienced a revival in the early 21st century, starting with the state of Alaska
Faria argues in favor of the claim that gun-free zones attract killers, blaming tragedies on lack of armed intervention. He celebrates numerous figures for thwarting crimes:
In November 1990, Brian Rigsby and his friend Tom Styer left their home in Atlanta, Georgia, and went camping near...they were assaulted by two madmen, who had been taking cocaine and who fired at them using shotguns killing Styer. Rigsby returned fire with a Ruger Mini-14, a semiautomatic weapon frequently characterized as an assault weapon. It saved his life. In January 1994, Travis Dean Neel was cited as citizen of the year in Houston, Texas. He had saved a police officer and helped the police arrest three dangerous criminals in a gunfight, street shooting incident. Neel had helped stop the potential mass shooters using once again a semiautomatic, so-called assault weapon with a high capacity magazine. He provided cover for the police who otherwise were outgunned and would have been killed. What would have happened if these citizens did not have the “assault weapons” to save their lives and others from these mentally unstable assailants or outright criminals?
Faria's arguments would hold water, yet for each claim of heroism, there are also plenty of failures/overemphasized incidents
John Parker Jr., an Umpqua student and Air Force veteran, told multiple media outlets that he was armed and on campus at the time of the attack last week. Parker and other student veterans (perhaps also armed) thought about intervening. “Luckily we made the choice not to get involved,” Parker [told MSNBC](mailto:http://www.msnbc.com/all-in/watch/umpqua-student-talks-about-what-he-witnessed-537437763914). “We were quite a distance away from the actual building where it was happening, which could have opened us up to being potential targets ourselves.” Parker’s story changedwhen he spoke to Fox News' Sean Hannity. Instead of saying he “made the choice” not to get involved, Parker said school staff prevented him from helping.... There’s the story of Joel Myrick, an assistant principal who “stopped” a shooting at Pearl High School—but only after it was already over and the shooter was leaving. There’s the story of James Strand, the armed banquet-hall proprietor who “stopped” a shooting at a school dance he was hosting—but only after the student gunman had exhausted all of his ammunition. There’s Nick Meli, a shopper who drew his weapon in self-defense during an attack at Clackamas Mall—but Meli’s story has changed repeatedly, and local police say that his role in causing the shooter’s suicide is “inconclusive” and “speculation.” There’s Mark Kram, who shot a gunman fleeing on a bicycle from the scene of a shooting. Kram also ran down the gunman with a car. There’s Joe Zamudio, who came running to help when he heard the gunfire that injured Gabby Giffords and killed six others in Tucson. But by the time Zamudio was on the scene, unarmed civilians had already tackled and disarmed the perpetrator. Zamudio later said that, in his confusion, he was within seconds of shooting the wrong person. There’s Joseph Robert Wilcox, who drew his concealed handgun in a Las Vegas Walmart to confront gunmen who had executed police officers nearby. Wilcox was himself killed by one of the two assailants, both of whom then engaged police in a firefight. And then there are the fifth wheels—armed civilians who have confronted mass shooters simultaneously with police, such as Allen Crum, who accompanied three law enforcement officers onto the observation deck of the UT Main Building to end the 1966 sniper attack. That doesn’t mean there aren’t also instances of legitimate civilian gun use. The NRA points to phone surveys from the 1990s that suggest Americans might use their guns defensively millions of times every year, though even the most charitable efforts to actually document such incidents come up with fewer than 2,000 per year.
Overall, while there are cases of conceal carry saving lives, there are plenty of stories and anecdotes that contradict
the narrative. Furthermore, many incidents also occurred after the criminal had ended their attack. Overall, the idea that there are millions of crimes stopped by gun owners when in fact there are as many as 2,000 recorded instances per year illustrates how flawed the thinking is. One model, even demonstrated that right to carry laws, as analyzed from 1970-2010
, did not help stop most crimes. The As for factors that do lead to mass shootings, the FBI
found that most attackers had a relationship to the area they attacked. Out of 23 workplace killers, 22 were current/former employees. School attackers yielded similar results. In fact, the study even concluded that more shootings (like the aforementioned Tucson) were stopped by unarmed civilians than by armed ones. Another study found that 36% of such incidents
were often during the commission of another felony.
Another popular myth that gets parroted is that “Since 1950, 97.8 Percent of Mass Shootings have occurred in “Gun-Free Zones”.
This, however, would include the aforementioned Oregon school, even though individuals with a state permit could bring them on-campus. Some criminologists disagree
Klarevas uses three definitions: he refers to "gun-free zones" as places where civilians are not allowed to carry guns, and there aren’t armed personnel stationed on the property. He calls "gun-restricting zones" as places where civilians can’t carry guns, yet armed security is routinely present -- such as military facilities or certain college campuses. He refers to places that allow civilians to carry guns as "gun-allowing zones." Using these categories, Klarevas examined 111 shootings since 1966 in which six or more people had been killed in each incident -- regardless of whether it occurred in a public or private location or if it was in the commission of another crime. He found 13 took place in gun-free zones and five took place in gun-restricting zones. That means that the majority occurred in areas where there was no evidence that private guns were prohibited. Since Klarevas includes mass shootings in private residences or during the commission of another crime, that means that he counts several additional incidents that aren’t factored in by Lott. ... Lott says that the shooting at Umpqua Community College in Oregon was in a gun-free zone and points to a school policy that bans possession of firearms "except as expressly authorized by law or college regulations." Umpqua Community College spokeswoman Anne Marie Levis previously told PolitiFact Floridathe school’s gun-free policy didn’t apply to students with a valid permit. "UCC was never designated as a ‘gun-free zone’ by any signage or policy," she said. "Umpqua Community College does comply with state law by allowing students with concealed carry licenses to bring firearms on campus."
Klaveras certainly is worth debating as a trustworthy source (for instance, he cites the Waco diner shooting of 2015 even though it was two gangs, not one or two people). However, his research was able to point out that the gun-free zone canard was just that: an empty canard. Klaveras points to Ft Hood and the Washington Navy Yard, both locations where armed guards were present, as examples of mass shootings where defenders carried guns. Peter Langmann, a psychologist who studies these kinds of tragedies, has pointed out that most of the perpetrators often do not care about their own well-being. As such, simply removing gun-free zone signs would not have any impact whatsoever. Indeed, as mentioned before, the FBI found that most shooters have some link with the location they attack, with most workplace or school shooters being formecurrent staff/students. In fact, for all the claims made of firearms being an "equalizer" for women, it was found that 43% of women killed in workplace shootings in 2015 were murdered by intimate partners/spouses, while men made up only 2% of the victims of such perpetrators. The study even went so far as to suggest a positive correlation between increased homicide and RTC laws.
Faria cites controversial criminologist John Lott in his claim that right-to-carry laws are responsible for crime drops. Is this the case? One study
concluded that RTC laws stopping crime as calculated by Lott were discredited by a look at year-by-year crime rates. While rape certainly declined, robberies, murders, and assaults either increased or went back-and-forth. Some states saw a decline in murder, yet other crimes did not decline (some even increased after RTC was opened in several states). Another study, this time in the American Journal of Public Health
, found that states with RTC had a higher rate of workplace homicides from 1992-2017 than those that did not have such laws.
Faria and Young also try to point out that other means of murder can lead to countless deaths:
Do they have any grasp on how blunt force trauma can be as or more deadly as gun and knife attacks? ... If they can’t do it with guns, they do it with explosives (Oklahoma City), trucks (Nice), airplanes (9/11), poison (Tokyo), arson (Kyoto) or any other of a thousand other ways.
First off, a look at US murders from 1965-2012
demonstrates that homicide by shooting made up 57.2-60% of all deaths. Blunt force trauma took up a fraction of all deaths for each year, not once reaching 1,000 deaths. Guns, by comparison, killed 5,000 at a minimum. Furthermore, the events Young lists lack context. Oklahoma City, Nice, 9/11, and Tokyo were all done by terrorists/cults. Aside from lone wolves (Nice and OK City), each group was organized, with a clear ideology. Furthermore, Oklahoma City and 9/11 both lead to extra security measures to prevent
, and a there are plenty of other terrorists who used firearms
to attack (Orlando, San Bernardino, Ft Hood). From 2002-2014, 85% of deaths in domestic terror attacks in the US were with guns. What does that say about the issue? Terrorism
Another approach that's used is to argue that other means of murder exist. Terrorist attacks are cited:
Dr. Faria states, “Before closing on the issue of Islamic terrorism, a word should be said about the most recent incident in New York City, which underscores not only the increasing new terroristic threat to American cities but also the use of cars and trucks to plow into unsuspecting crowds with mass casualties of innocent civilians. A vehicle driven into a crowd is becoming the terrorists’ weapon of choice in Europe, and the sanguinary practice seems to be taking hold in the U.S. as well. “The Halloween truck attack on October 31, 2017, in Manhattan, a few blocks from the site of the Twin Towers [where the largest terrorist attack in the US history occurred on September 11, 2001], is the most recent egregious example. The atrocity also emphasizes the switch from mass shootings caused by deranged citizens to deliberate jihad by foreign and domestic Islamic terrorists. The courts’ disapproval of President Trump’s ban on immigration from seven countries with strong ties to terrorism has permitted dangerous individuals to continue to enter the country. “During the annual Boston Marathon on April 15, 2013, two homemade pressure cooker bombs detonated ... killing three people and injuring several hundred others, including 16 who lost limbs… Three days later, the FBI released images of two suspects who were later identified as Chechen Kyrgyzstani-American brothers… They killed an MIT policeman, kidnapped a man in his car, and had a shootout with the police in nearby Watertown, during which two officers were severely injured, one of whom died a year later. One brother terrorist died. The other brother stated that they were motivated by extremist Islamist beliefs… Will banning guns stop these crimes?
Faria's attempts to distract with the Manhattan and Boston terror attacks neglect to mention other factoids. For instance, is he seriously forgetting how many extremists used guns in attacks on the US? Did he forget about Orlando and Ft Hood? Is he seriously citing San Bernardino one moment, then forgetting about it later? And look at extremists of other ideologies, such as those in Dallas, El Paso, and Charleston. Second of all, he is literally blaming US courts for the Manhattan rampage, never mind the fact that the perpetrator in question was not from a country impacted by the travel ban? Does he realize that most Islamic extremists in this country since 9/11 (especially those who have actually killed people) are overwhelmingly from countries not on Trump's travel ban
list but were born here or came as children/radicalized here? The Cato Institute has found that more terrorists in the US came from Croatia than they did from any country on Trump's travel ban list, and yet he claims that the ban would stop terrorist attacks. Conclusion
DRGO's well-intended efforts to defend gun ownership and take on various reasons for opposing it certainly pose a mighty gauntlet, yet at the end of the day, they are superficially researched and rely on completely dismissing any opposing views. Faria, Young, and others are too absolutist in their arguments, refusing to see any gray areas. Arguing that right-to-carry laws reduce violent crime is not totally untrue, but neither is it always true. Looking through a case-by-case approach is what arguably makes more sense. Faria, Young, and others focus on details that are convenient, yet end up failing to produce an honest picture of the situation. Trends, situations, context, and certain details are all glossed over. To put it bluntly, the research is dishonest, flawed, and prone to non-sequiturs. Sources https://www.huffpost.com/entry/did-the-wild-west-have-mo_b_956035
FBI, A Study of Active Shooter Incidents in the United States Between 2000 and 2013
Lankford, Confirmation That the United States Has Six Times Its Global Share of Public Mass Shooters, Courtesy of Lott and Moody’s Data https://history.howstuffworks.com/american-history/ridiculous-history-the-wild-wild-west-was-really-the-mild-mild-west.htm http://www.thesandyhookproject.org/tag/orlando-rape-statistics-1966/ https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/more-guns-do-not-stop-more-crimes-evidence-shows/ https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php/Crime_statistics
Hemenway, David and Mary Vriniotis, The Australian Gun Buyback Harvard Injury Control Research Center https://www.macrotrends.net/countries/AUS/australia/crime-rate-statistics https://www.loc.gov/law/help/firearms-control/switzerland.php#t8 https://crimeresearch.org/2015/06/comparing-death-rates-from-mass-public-shootings-in-the-us-and-europe/ https://www.washingtonpost.com/archive/opinions/1994/10/19/sick-people-with-guns/6c7f2bd2-fa57-4d69-b927-5ceb4fa43cf4/ https://www.forbes.com/sites/paulhsieh/2018/04/30/that-time-the-cdc-asked-about-defensive-gun-uses/#3a568254299a https://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-srv/national/longterm/triggetrigger1.htm https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/hicrc/firearms-research/gun-threats-and-self-defense-gun-use-2/
Harms, Paul D. and Howard N. Snyder Trends in the Murder of Juveniles: 1980-2000 https://www.chicagotribune.com/news/breaking/ct-met-chicago-gun-laws-explainer-20171006-story.html https://www.axios.com/chicago-gun-violence-murder-rate-statistics-4addeeec-d8d8-4ce7-a26b-81d428c14836.html https://www.latimes.com/opinion/op-ed/la-oe-spitzer-peruta-concealed-carry-20160619-snap-story.html http://w3.akleg.gov/index.php https://www.politico.com/magazine/story/2015/10/oregon-shooting-gun-laws-213222
Aneja et al, The Impact of Right to Carry Laws and the NRC Report: The Latest Lessons for the Empirical Evaluation of Law and Policy
Duwe et al, The Impact of Right-to-Carry Concealed Firearm Laws on Mass Public Shootings
Crifassi et al, Right-to-Carry Laws and Firearm Workplace Homicides: A Longitudinal Analysis (1992–2017) https://www.infoplease.com/us/crime/murder-victims-weapons-used https://web.archive.org/web/20130605150702/http://www.nytimes.com/1995/06/06/us/senate-votes-to-aid-tracing-of-explosives.html https://www.pbs.org/newshouworld/911-to-now-ways-we-have-changed https://fivethirtyeight.com/features/terrorists-are-turning-to-guns-more-often-in-u-s-attacks/ https://www.cato.org/publications/policy-analysis/terrorists-immigration-status-nationality-risk-analysis-1975-2017
submitted by Someone-00
to badhistory [link] [comments]
2020.08.15 01:29 Sconnie92 Around the Alliance 07.20 ROOKIE ROUND UP and 2020 PROJECTIONS
In this important (and delayed) edition of Around the Alliance:
- Recapping the 2020 UFFA Rookie Draft
- UFFA 2020 Season Projected
RECAP of 2020 UFFA ROOKIE DRAFT Quarterbacks
Joe Burrow (1.02) Lincoln - After a blockbuster trade that saw Lincoln move up, it was believed the move was to get Burrow. The young QB will have plenty of time to develop alongside Sam Darnold as the veterans Ryan, Newton, and Rivers helm the Johnsons' first season in the heartland.
Tua Tagoviola (1.05) Swansea City - After some surprise that Tua wasn't taken at #4 overall, the Ducks made sure he didn't fall farther. The pick eases pressure on Ryan Fitzpatrick to perform when starters Baker Mayfield and Jimmy Garoppolo need a break. QB and RB were Swansea's biggest needs coming into the draft, and walking away with Tagoviola is a great feeling.
Justin Herbert (1.08) St Louis - While Herbert was never mocked higher than #8 overall, it was by no means a reach. The rebuilt Clydesdales are fully moved into their new headquarters across the river in Illinois and excited to see what a new signal caller can do for the Gateway City.
Jalen Hurts (3.06) Hawaii - Hurts lands in a great position in Hawaii with starter Drew Brees entering into his last season and Derek Carr and Marcus Mariotta unlikely to coexist long in the SF slot. Though currently slotted for the Taxi, it would not be surprising to see the Volcanoes move Hurts to active for emergency starts given his 3 year contract option.
Jordan Love (3.09) Northwoods - Love will ride the taxi for the Hoes for possibly two years, given the team's strength and youth at the position. By selecting at the end of the 3rd round, Northwoods now effectively controls Jordan Love for possibly 5 years before entering into extension talks. Hindsight may look back quite fondly on this pick on day.
Jacob Eason (5.04) Alaska - Headed to the great white north, Eason will look to ride the taxi for 2020 in hopes of getting a shot on the active roster in 2021. For the time being, he'll need to progress in the minors before getting his Alliance shot. Running Backs
Jonathan Taylor (1.01) Alaska - Despite half-assed smokescreens, Taylor goes 1st overall to the Kodiak. While the addition of McCaffrey was a major transaction (in a continuation of Alaska going all-in on 2020), Taylor gives a small glimmer of hope for the future at RB with the looming unknown of Aaron Jones career arc.
Clyde Edwards-Helaire (1.03) San Juan - Adding CEH at #3 overall has helped cement the Shrimp as a real player in the 2020 Extior. While some are ready to hand over the championship to Alaska, San Juan has a strong case that the division is still up for grabs. Safely playing Flex behind Mixon and Drake will give Edwards-Helaire time to acclimate to the Alliance before needing to produce.
Cam Akers (1.04) Albuquerque - The first true Roadrunner, Akers was a bit of a surprise, but not a reach. While the majority of mocks had Albuqueque landing CEH or Tua, the fiesty expansion team gave a boost of confidence to Tannehill and Bridgewater as they turned toward RB over QB. Akers should sure up the Flex, if not outright challenge Conner or Ekeler for starting RB.
J.K. Dobbins (1.09) Northwoods - After missing out on landing Dalvin Cook via trade, the Hodags were able to grab Dobbins at the end of the 1st. With a strong backfield already, Dobbins will have time to sit, but is unlikely to ride the taxi.
De'Andre Swift (2.02) Dunedin - With their second pick, the Rangers landed top talent with Swift. Given the age and shaky injury history of Dunedin's backfield, it makes sense why GM Koch was thrilled to send in the pick.
Zack Moss (2.03) San Juan - Somewhat of a surprising pick at #13 overall, GM Ramos got his guy in Zack Moss. Moss was unlikely to fall into the 3rd round, and San Juan has always been cautious with trades, so the pick only raises eyebrows on ADP. Should Moss produce at the goal line, as the Shrimp hope, then no one will worry about this selection.
Ke'Shawn Vaughn (2.05) Swansea City - The Swansea City Ducks addressed a position of need when they drafted Ke'Shawn Vaughn in the middle of the second round. Vaughn will hope to be a depth piece behind Saquon Barkley, Nick Chubb, and Kareem Hunt and may even get consistent game time this season depending on how the Ducks plan to line up. (DonJuaN64)
Darryton Evans (2.09) Hawaii - The 8th RB off the board, Evans leapfrogged several backs that he was projected behind. While the pick was unexpected given some of the other names available, GM Alexa has received resounding praise for his alertness in reading the room and pulling the trigger ahead of the curve.
Antonio Gibson (3.01) Oklahoma City - The defending Alliance champs didn't get their first pick until the beginning of the 3rd. With that 21st overall selection, the Storm strengthened their RB room with the versatile Gibson. While OKC only has 7 rostered RBs, all of them, including Gibson, are in contention for snaps this season.
A.J. Dillon (3.04) Lincoln - Selected with the 1st of the Johnsons two picks in the 3rd round, A.J. Dillon joins a running back group already led by Derrick Henry and Josh Jacobs. If he plays, he will most likely be in the mix with Phillip Lindsay and Mark Ingram II for backup snaps and he'll be hoping his large frame will allow him some limited goal line work behind Henry. (DonJuaN64)
Joshua Kelley (3.10) Albuquerque - After a long wait from their first pick, the Roadrunners ended the 3rd with another RB. Kelley is a prime taxi target given the depth of the position for the team.
Lamical Perine (4.04) St Louis - A depth pick for sure, Perine could get in the mix for 2020 snaps should starters Melvin Gordon, Leonard Fournette, or Kerryon Johnson experience prolonged injury.
Anthony McFarland (4.08) Lincoln - While likely to make the team, McFarland will have to fight for his spot on the active roster against declining veterans Rex Burkhead and Dion Lewis.
Eno Benjamin (5.02) Hawaii - A move for the future, Benjamin has already been declared a taxi target by the Volcanoes. The hope is for Benjamin to pick up some wisdom from elder backs Freeman, Bell, and the like.
Lynn Bowden (5.06) Dunedin - Mired in some legal trouble, Bowden is a swing for the fences you like to see at the end of the draft. If he is able to play in the Alliance, he could easily turn into a star for the Rangers.
DeeJay Dallas (5.10) Albuquerque - Mr. Irrelevant 2020 goes to DeeJay Dallas. Despite the moniker, the Roadrunners are hoping for early return on Dallas thanks to his return skills. This is likely the only path to keeping him off the taxi/roster bubble. Wide Receivers
CeeDee Lamb (1.06) Dunedin - Taken 6th overall, CeeDee Lamb was one of the two most hyped wide receivers in this stacked draft class for the position. The 6'2" 21 year old joins a Rangers wide receiver group led by 'Bama boys, Julio Jones and Amari Cooper. Given his talent and high draft spot, CeeDee BLAM will no doubt be competing with Brandin Cooks for a starting spot. (DonJuaN64)
Justin Jefferson (1.07) Lincoln - Lincoln was the only team with two 1st round picks. The first pick was chalk (Joe Burrow, 1.02), but Jefferson was a heart pick at #7. With other highly touted names still available, the Johnsons addressed a position of need with the guy they clearly believe in the most.
Jerry Jeudy (1.10) Hawaii - Closing out the 1st round, Hawaii took Jeudy as part of their air raid offense. With Drew Brees in the final act of his career, the front office is surrounding him with all the talent possible. Jeudy's route running and high football IQ should help him instantly mesh with the veterans of the corps.
Henry Ruggs (2.01) Alaska - Taken as the first pick of the second round by the Alaska Kodiak, Henry Ruggs III comes into the Alliance boasting one, of if not the, fastest speeds of any receiver. Even with his speed and upside, Ruggs will face an uphill battle to make it into the starting lineup on a weekly basis, as the top 3 spots will most likely be filled by Tyreek Hill, Deandre Hopkins, and Mike Evans. He may have to settle for being 4th receiver in the Flex, if he makes the starting lineup at all. (DonJuaN64)
Jalen Reagor (2.04) St Louis - Reagor adds some depth behind a star studded starting WR corp. Expect the Clydesdales to call on the rookie a few times this season for Flex play.
Michael Pittman (2.06) Hawaii - Grabbing their second WR in as many picks, the Volcanoes continue to go all-in on their passing attack. Playing alongside minor league teammate Parris Campbell will also be a boon to Pittman's value.
Tee Higgins (2.07) Northwoods - GM Smith has an affinity for WR, and it must have hurt passing on Jeudy in the 1st. But patience paid off as the Hodags snatched Higgins at a great value. There's little pressure on the rookie to produce early, but he may still see some action in 2020.
Laviska Shenault (2.08) Alaska - A favorite of co-owner Peele, Shenault brings versatility to an already stacked starting line up. It was well known that the Kodiak needed to come out of the draft with several WRs to bolster their depth, and Laviska falls perfectly in line.
Denzel Mims (3.02) St Louis - Taken 2nd in the 3rd round by the Clydesdales, Denzel Mims is most likely a depth pick. The 6'3" man out of Baylor starts his UFFA career buried in the Clydesdales depth chart. (DonJuaN64)
Brandon Aiyuk (3.03) San Juan - Brandon Aiyuk starts his UFFA journey with the Shrimps after being taken 3rd in the 3rd round. Taken as the first WR to the Shrimps, the 6'0" man out of ASU is far from being guaranteed a start, with the Shrimps starting wide receivers being relatively established, but don't be surprised if the YAC monster makes a push up the depth chart. (DonJuaN64)
Chase Claypool (3.05) Swansea City - Claypool is a nice pick at a relatively strong position for the Ducks. His $3 rookie contract makes him a likely candidate for active roster, but Swansea City has no need to press him into the lineup. That said, recent news about starter Deebo Samuel's foot injury could make Claypool an interesting depth piece.
Devin Duvernay (3.07) St Louis - The 2nd wide receiver taken by the Clydesdales in the 3rd round, Devin Duvernay faces the same uphill battle as earlier pick Denzel Mims for a starting spot. Duuuuuvernaayyyy however, is at a height disadvantage compared to his fellow 3rd round draftee at only 5'11". (DonJuaN64)
Bryan Edwards (4.01) Alaska - In what was a truly bizarre pick (traded twice in a matter of minutes), the Kodiak came away with Edwards. Rumor has it Alaska was itching to get back into the 3rd to grab the WR. Obviously they see something special, as they valued him equal to a 2021 2nd rounder.
Antonio Gandy-Golden (4.03) San Juan - Gandy-Golden is a nice depth piece, but comes into a crowded (and talented) WR room. Given the Shrimp's roster construction and cap situation, AGG might go unsigned come August.
K.J. Hamler (4.06) Dunedin - Rumored to be half-hobbit, the 5'9" WR will hope to make a big impression to the coaches as the Rangers look to transition their corp from aging veterans to younger talent.
Tyler Johnson (4.07) St Louis - The Clydesdales used their last pick on Johnson (their 4th WR taken). While a potential taxi target, Johnson could also be thrust into action to see if he's worth the flier or could be a cut candidate in seasons to come.
Donovan People-Jones (4.10) Alaska - The Kodiak came away with 4 receivers as expected from mocks, but People-Jones may be best suited on the taxi rather than a depth piece on the bench.
Van Jefferson (5.05) Swansea City - One of the most surprising falls in the draft, Jefferson was expected to late 3rd/early 4th. The Ducks got great value on the pick and even have the luxury of possibly putting Van on the taxi to extend his rookie 2 year deal.
Gabriel Davis (5.08) Lincoln - While the Johnsons need WR depth, Davis is very much on the roster bubble given that Lincoln is 2 players over the max. Tight Ends
Cole Kmet (2.10) Dunedin - Selected at the tail end of the 2nd round by the Rangers and as the 1st tight end off the board, Cole Kmet joins a crowded tight end group led by Darren The Wallerus. Kmet fits the mold that the Rangers look for at the position, having similar measurements to the majority of their current tight ends. Given the other tight ends on the roster, it is very possible Kmet starts at some point in his rookie season depending on how his competition performs. (DonJuaN64)
Adam Trautman (3.08) Lincoln - Adam Trautman became just the second tight end to be drafted when he was selected by the Lincoln Johnsons near the end of the 3rd round. He comes into an already crowded tight end room, and given when he was taken in the draft, he will be hoping that competition for a starting role will be lessened by roster cuts. At this time though, the 6'5" man out of Dayton may just be a piece for the future of the Johnsons. (DonJuaN64)
Devin Asiasi (4.02) Hawaii - Over the moon to get their guy, Asiasi becomes a Volcano. After Northwoods traded into the 4.01, it seems certain that Asiasi wouldn't make it to Hawaii, but with a second trade of the pick to Alaska, GM Alexa was able to get his guy at tremendous value.
Thaddeus Moss (4.05) San Juan via Swansea City - The son of Hall of Fame wideout Randy Moss, Thaddeus was drafted in the middle of the 4th round to the Ducks as a tight end out of LSU. There were negotiations behind the scenes to bring Moss across the pond to San Juan to join the Shrimps and the two teams reached an agreement in the days following the conclusion of the draft. The deal sees veteran tight ends Rudolph the Red Zone Danger and Cameron Brate the Great head the other way to the Ducks. With this deal, the Shrimps are back within roster requirements and get a young, exciting prospect with future potential even if he doesn't start this year, while the Ducks receive two very capable backup tight ends with reasonable deals that have the ability to step up and start if needed. Moss will hope to get some game time this year or at very least get acclimated with San Juan and the Shrimps and be their tight end of the future as the joint youngest tight end on the roster at 22. (DonJuaN64)
Albert Okwuegbunam (4.09) Northwoods - With the strong duo of Kittle and MAndrews, Albert O will have no pressure to produce anytime soon and is a prime taxi target.
Josiah Deguara (5.01) Albuquerque - The only non-RB taken by the Roadrunners, Deguara may be pressed into duty with injury concerns around Gronk, Eifert, Dissly, and Graham.
Harrison Bryant (5.03) San Juan - A solid upside pick, Bryant may not get the chance to take the field in San Juan given the team's full roster.
Brycen Hopkins (5.07) Oklahoma City - Only the second pick for the defending champs, GM Reynolds had to pinch himself to believe Hopkins fell into their lap. If capturing the imagination of one of the owners isn't enough, Hopkins is likely to have a comfortable rookie (and maybe even sophomore season) on the taxi.
Dalton Keene (5.09) Northwoods - Joining a stacked TE room, Keene will have the opportunity to grow in a potentially killer group of young TEs. Trades 1.02
- Lincoln was able to acquire the #2 overall selection (along with other assets) the day before the draft. Trading away Christian McCaffrey is a bold move, but the Johnsons are still a solid team with a bright future thanks to Burrow. The trade also saw the defending champion Storm give up the pick in order to acquire Dalvin Cook, a move that I'm sure any team in the Alliance would make. 4.01
- In what will go down as one of my more bizarre draft day moments, Albuquerque traded out of of the pick for Northwood's 2021 3rd only to see the Hodags immediately flip the pick to Alaska for a 2021 2nd. When reached for comment, GM Spira said, "I was enjoying a show with my wife and checked my phone when she went to the bathroom. I saw the trade, saw Bryan Edwards on the board, and immediately knew this was our chance to get our guy. [GM Smith] was lucky to have gotten to [GM Williams] ahead of us." Bryce Love
- Late in the draft, Alaska began shopping around roster bubble players. While the team would have needed to cut someone to clear room for the incoming rookies, Hawaii took a flyer on RB Bryce Love and his $1 contract for a 2022 5th. The low risk play works out for both sides, as Hawaii gets a high upside depth piece and Alaska got back $1 and roster space. Wentz/McLaurin et. al.
- Within hours of the draft, the heated rivalry of Northwoods and OKC cooled for a moment as the teams announced a major trade to shake up the Interior. The Storm took on WR breakout star, Terry McLaurin, unproven TE Jace Sternberger, and RB Alexander Mattison (a great pairing with minor league teammate, Dalvin Cook). In return, the Hoes get high upside TE depth behind starters Kittle and MAndrews in the form of Irv Smith, who just received a major payday this past free agency with a $5 contract from OKC. Northwoods also received QB Carson Wentz, creating a 3-headed monster at the position with Jared Goff and Dak Prescott. Should Dwayne Haskins (and/or the long term stash of Jordan Love) pan out, the Hodags could be looking at a generational QB room. Thad Moss/Rudolph & Brate
- Despite being a mid-4th round pick, Moss gained the attention of the Shrimp. A fateful combination of cap and roster gymnastics left San Juan needing to make some creative moves. Swansea City benefits by surrendering their dart throw TE rookie for proven veterans at the position, Kyle Rudolph and Cameron Brate. While Moss may have glimmers of long term success, Rudolph and Brate both are looking to prove they still have some gas left in the tank. Grades Alburquerque Roadrunners: B+ Cam Akers (1.04) / Joshua Kelley (3.10) / Josiah Deguara (5.01) / DeeJay Dallas (5.10)
Holding only 4 picks in this year's draft, none in the 2nd or 4th rounds, and none of their own, the Roadrunners focused on the running back position, accounting for 3 of their picks. The only non running back chosen by the Roadrunners was TE and gadget player Josiah Deguara. The highlight of their draft was undoubtedly 4th overall pick, Florida State running back Cam Akers. Though largely not "flashy" picks, every one of the Roadrunners draftees has the potential to surprise this year. Alaska Kodiak: B+ Jonathan Taylor (1.01) / Henry Ruggs (2.01) / Laviska Shenault (2.08) / Bryan Edwards (4.01) / Donovan People-Jones (4.10) / Jacob Eason (5.04)
The Roadrunners needed to address a lot of areas from being one of the two expansion teams. The first area that needed help was the RB position, and they addressed it with two great picks. They did a great job addressing the biggest hole in their team, but didn’t address anything else.
Akers is a solid pick and may be a better long term asset over Tua, Lamb, or other RB options. Kelley and Dallas also could find a niche after some minor league seasoning. The big unknown is Degaura who will likely be called to action given the fragility of the other TEs on the team.
The Kodiak did not need much from this draft other than depth. They have stars everywhere at every position. The first 4 picks might be able to make a splash their rookie year, but they probably won’t do better than the starters. Peoples-Jones was an interesting pick, and Eason was a bit interesting as well. The first pick of the draft could have been many different choices, CEH, Taylor, Jeudy, Lamb, Burrow, or Tua. This draft went well, they were able to get some depth pieces if a star were to fall to injury . Dunedin Rangers: A Ceedee Lamb (1.06) / De'Andre Swift (2.02) / Cole Kmet (2.10) / K.J. Hamler (4.06) / Lynn Bowden Jr. (5.06)
Holding none of their original picks, including one extra, the Kodiak looked heavily to the wide receiver position in a historically stacked wide receiver class. Their first overall pick of Jonathan Taylor out of Wisconsin came as little surprise as they had been linked to him leading up to the draft. The rest of the Kodiak draft consisted of signing depth pieces with potential including a late flier on Washington quarterback Jacob Eason.
The Kodiak addressed a clear positional need in this draft by taking 4 WRs, but how many of these will truly standout? Ruggs and Shenault were coin flips with many other 2nd & 3rd round receivers, making it hard to give lots of credit to the team. Spending a future 2nd on Edwards was bold and possibly foolhardy. Eason and Taylor seem to be the only picks to escape critical eyes.
The Rangers went into the draft trying to shore up multiple positions including running back and wide receiver and they came out of the gates with intent, selecting 1st round wide receiver stud CeeDee Lamb followed by running back D'Andre Swift. Both can make an immediate impact while their other 2nd round pick Cole Kmet has a chance to be a factor in the tight end room. The Rangers also added additional depth through the draft, picking another running back and wide receiver, concluding a very successful draft. Hawaii Volcanoes: B+ Jerry Jeudy (1.10) / Michael Pittman Jr. (2.06) / Darryton Evans (2.09) / Jalen Hurts (3.06) / Devin Asiasi (4.02) / Eno Benjamin (5.02)
Dunedin absolutely crushed this draft. They came away with the #1 WR (Lamb) and #1 TE (Kmet), along with grabbing a top tier RB in Swift as the top of the 2nd. Hamler in the mid-4th was a steal and a great slot weapon, and getting the gadget talent of Bowden in the mid-5th definitely offsets the potential baggage he carries.
The Rangers really needed to get a QB with their first-round pick but chose to go for a WR here which was a bit of a shocker when Herbert was still available. They were able to get Swift and address their RB need and the rest of their picks did a good job addressing the depth they needed for their team.
Hawaii is one of the two expansion teams and needed a lot from this draft, but the main points of emphasis needed to be WR, RB, and QB. Hawaii did a good job to get some depth pieces. Pittman and Jeudy are looking to make a splash for their rookie seasons, but Hurts, Asiasi, and Benjamin are pieces for the future and are going to be mainly depth pieces. Hawaii still has a bit of a hole at QB that needs to be addressed as soon as they can, but with what was available, Hawaii made the best picks for their team. Their future is bright! Lincoln Johnsons: A- Joe Burrow (1.02) / Justin Jefferson (1.07) / A.J. Dillon (3.04) / Adam Trautman (3.08) / Anthony McFarland Jr. (4.08) / Gabriel Davis (5.08)
Holding an extra pick in this year's draft, the Volcanoes spread out their picks fairly evenly amongst the positions. As an expansion team, this was to be expected. The Volcanoes landed absolute stud wide receiver Jerry Jeudy at the end of the 1st round and followed that up with another talented wideout in Michael Pittman Jr. They would have hoped to land a running back in one of the first 2 rounds, but the Volcanoes did well with who was on the board at the time of their picks and late running back pick Eno Benjamin may surprise people. Quarterback Jalen Hurts and tight end Devin Asiasi will also be players to watch.
Hawaii may be the team whose draft changes the most when hindsight rolls around. Jeudy and Pittman both have potential to make rookie splashes, but may need some time to adjust to pro ball. Meanwhile, Evans, Hurts, and Asiasi are all positional gambles looking to get a lucky break in the minors. GM Alexa closed the tiers with Jeduy and Asiasi, which is always a good sign of evaluating BAP (best available position).
The Johnsons drafted every position this year and were helped by the fact they held an extra pick. A big surprise was the selection of Joe Burrow 2nd overall. He joins an already talented quarterback room, but they must see something special in Burrow they didn't want to miss out on. LSU wideout Justin Jefferson was another notable addition, being selected 7th overall with the Johnsons 2nd pick in the 1st round. Running back A.J. Dillon and tight end Adam Trautman were also intriguing additions to the Johnsons. Northwoods Hodags: B J.K. Dobbins (1.09) / Tee Higgins (2.07) / Jordan Love (3.09) / Albert Okwuegbunam (4.09) / Dalton Keene (5.09)
Lincoln had a mixed draft. They surprised everyone by moving up in the draft to the second overall pick. They then took Burrow who was the perfect pick for this team. They have some good QBs, but Burrow has the possibility to break out. Justin Jefferson was a bit of an interesting pick. Reagor, Pittman, and Jeudy were all still available and ranked higher than Jefferson, so I am unsure about that pick being the best pick they could have made. They also got some depth pieces with every other pick, so that should help them out.
Lincoln seems to be embracing the "reboot" over "rebuild" model, as they rounded out their roster across the board. Going in, it was expected they would make a strong push at WR, but waited until the closing moments to grab a second in Gabriel Davis. Choosing Justin Jefferson over Jerry Jeudy was a bold move in the 1st, but is balanced by the chalk pick of Burrow at #2. Perhaps Lincoln would have taken another WR in the 3rd had the tier not closed one pick ahead, but "settling" for Dillon isn't too bad.
The Hodags had all of their original picks this year aside from swapping one. They addressed a need with their 1st round pick J.K. Dobbins, who will undoubtedly play a major role in their team in the coming years. Their swapped pick turned into wide receiver Tee Higgins who will be at least a depth pick, joining a crowded wide receiver group. Although not an immediate need, The Hodags decided to use their 3rd round pick on quarterback Jordan Love. Depending on how things shake out, that pick may come in handy. A position of need was addressed in the 4th and 5th rounds when the Hodags drafted tight ends Albert Okwuegbunam and Dalton Keene. Both will be fighting for backup spots but were necessary depth picks at the position. Oklahoma City: B- Antonio Gibson (3.01) / Brycen Hopkins (5.07)
GM Smith took advantage of some key situations and came out of the draft a big winner. He snatched top RB talent that got pushed down thanks to positional needs in the late first, grabbed a fringe top-tier WR in Higgins in the mid/late 2nd, and sniped Jordan Love for their taxi squad at the end of the 3rd, functionally giving them 5 years of Love on a rookie deal,
When Northwoods had its first pick, the best RB available was who they should have taken, and that is exactly what they did. This was a smart pick backed up by another smart pick with Tee Higgins. The real hard part about the rest of the picks is that these are guys who won’t be making any splashes in the league anytime soon unless something happens that no one expects, so it’s hard to rank those picks that high, because of that
This was a very hard draft to grade due to only two players being drafted. They had the second overall and should have gotten Burrow but chose to trade it away in a blockbuster trade that involved Dalvin Cook, Christian McCaffrey, and others. Due to this and many other trades made in the offseason, they lost a lot of picks. Gibson is not a bad pick, but it’s a very risky and quite interesting pick. He has a lot of talent but got drafted to a Washington team with so many different RB options, it’ll be hard to see if Gibson plays in the next two or maybe even three years. They really need to figure out how to get some QBs in the future, because they missed out here. San Juan: A- Clyde Edwards-Helaire (1.03) / Zack Moss (2.03) / Brandon Aiyuk (3.03) / Antonio Gandy-Golden (4.03) / Harrison Bryant (5.03)
The Storm only had two picks this year and neither of them were their original picks. With their 1st pick coming in the beginning of the 3rd round, the Storm drafted running back Antonio Gibson. With an already stacked running back group, it was a surprise they took Gibson here. Their second and last pick came near the end of the 5th round with Purdue tight end Brycen Hopkins. Hopkins is a depth piece that the Storm hope will be able to contribute in the future.
In only having a mid-round and end of draft picks, OKC gets no star power to smooth the grading curve. Gibson and Hopkins are both solid players with room to flash on their minor league squads in the next few years. That said, Gibson was taken while A.J. Dillon was still on the board, and Hopkins felt like a homer dart throw when selected ahead of Dalton Keene. Neither player was the consensus BAP at their position, but then again this draft grade is of little importance considering Dalvin Cook was the reward the Storm got for selling their rookie draft down the river!
Sitting pretty at 3rd overall, the Shrimp were in prime position no matter what. Going CEH over Tua or Lamb feels good, but there was no wrong answer among them. Grabbing Aiyuk in the early 3rd as the last WR of the startable tier was a great spot as well. That said, the Zack Moss pick at 2.03 felt like a reach, given the WR options available and that similar tier RBs Gibson and Dillon went a full round later. Keep an eye on Harrison Bryant who might make waves as a do-it-all H-Back for San Juan... provided he makes the final roster. St. Louis: A- Justin Herbert (1.08) / Jalen Reagor (2.04) / Denzel Mims (3.02) / Devin Duvernay (3.07) / Lamical Perine (4.04) / Tyler Johnson (4.07)
San Juan really needed to address their RB position, and they more than did so with Moss and CEH. They were able to address every other position they needed. The biggest shame here is that they did not take a TE earlier, they took the TE late and the TE they got might not be the best to what they needed.
One of the only 2 teams with all of their original picks, the Shrimps focused on increasing depth during the draft, with running back being their clear priority, accounting for their first two picks, followed by wide receiver, making up the next two. Their quarterback room may need a new addition in the near future depending on when Brady and Rodgers decline or slow down and how the young, unproven Kyle Allen and Jared Stidham perform. But for now it seems they aren't in too much of a hurry and picked the best of who was available, without loading up on one position, and added depth along with taking a chance at the tight end position.
With the first pick, the Clydesdales looked to get a depth piece for their QB spot, but could have used this pick better to get a WR to make an impact for the upcoming year, and Jeudy was still available, so the QB pick was not as helpful as it could have been. They did bounce back and take 4 more WRs before the end of the draft, so that was a good idea, but they really needed a RB for depth, and could have managed the draft a little better to address everything they needed. Swansea City: A- Tua Tagovailoa (1.05) / Ke'Shawn Vaughn (2.05) / Chase Claypool (3.05) / Thaddeus Moss (4.05) / Van Jefferson (5.05)
St. Louis came in hot and heavy for the WR! Herbert in the 1.08 wasn't a surprise, but fans may debate if this was gamesmanship by GM Steinke over BAP. Though Jerry Jeduy was unlikely to fall to 2.04, there would still be top-notch WR, but Herbert wasn't getting past Hawaii at 1.10. Regardless of how calculated it was, the Clydesdales still got three solid WRs with Mims, Reagor, and Duvernay. Perine and Johnson are likely to dress as emergency relief if they even manage to avoid the Taxi.
The Clydesdales held an extra pick in this draft and none of their own. They entered the draft needing a quarterback and a wide receiver and the Clydesdales addressed both. After Burrow and Tua were off the board, the Clydesdales made sure to get their man Herbert. They followed this up by picking talented TCU receiver Jalen Reagor in the 2nd round. Out of their draftees, Reagor is the one tipped to have the biggest immediate impact.
With many in the UFFA industry mocking Tua to the Roadrunners, the Ducks had to be pleasantly surprised to snatch up the young QB. While it must have hurt to pass up on all the WR talent in the 2nd, gettting Vaughn was necessary to adding a possible RB Flex not named Kareem Hunt. This was the right call given the entire 2nd tier of RBs was gone by 3.05. Claypool, Moss, and Jefferson are all medium-ceiling picks, but there's not too much invested should they flame out early.
The second of the 2 teams holding all of their original picks, the Ducks went into the draft wanting to address the quarterback and running back positions and that is exactly what they did. The Ducks drafted Alabama quarterback Tua Tagovailoa 5th overall, which would have been of little surprise to those close to the organization. They followed up by drafting Vanderbilt running back Ke'Shawn Vaughn, who was the highest rated running back available at that spot. The Ducks remaining picks were used to increase wide receiver depth along with a surprise pick of LSU tight end Thaddeus Moss, who shortly after the draft, was traded to the Shrimps for 2 veteran tight ends who can make an immediate impact.
The Ducks did everything right at the beginning of the draft, but then came in with a very interesting pick with Claypool. Moss and Jefferson were really good picks for the depth of this team. The Ducks were able to do a good job with their picks.
submitted by Sconnie92
to UFFA [link] [comments]